Home

OpenPowerNet User Manual

1. Figure 128 A snippet of the 2AC network with TSS_5 and negative feeder 5 3 1 2 3 Switch File We need to adapt the Switch File of the failure scenario simulation First we change the switch names and second we add also the switches of the negative feeder lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt ADE xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd gt lt TPD gt lt SwitchSetting gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name ATS_80_T1_OCS gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name ATS_80_T1_Rails gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name ATS_80_T1_NF gt The open time definition of the added negative feeder switch lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name ATS 80 _T1_OCS gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name ATS 80 T1_ Rails gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name ATS 80 T1_NF gt The close time definition of the added negative feeder switch lt SwitchSetting gt lt TPD gt lt ADE gt 5 3 2 Simulation For the description of the simulation see the AC network tutorial in chapter 0 Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 3 3 Analysis In the following chapter we will analyse the same network configuration as we did for the AC network and compare the simulation results 5 3 3 1 Default configuration
2. Page 187 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 60 7 250 000 AE ee eee el ee ee ee ete i i i i 1 i i i 200 000 pyes pee a eis Be Da we FES 150 000 EE N ann ES lt 5 100 000 20 H H H H 50 000 Te AA h ee 0 0 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 s km U_abs V Track 1 Conductor E U_abs V Track 1 Conductor RR Delta U_abs V A Courses A Figure 183 The potential of the earth conductor and rail to the earth node and the touch voltage between the rail RR and earth as result of the correct configured network at 1 28 36 The right y axis shows the current of the course The two figures above show the resulting voltages of the earth conductor and rail RR at 1 28 36 At this time the course CBAI_01 is close to TSS_5 The rail RL has the same voltage as RR because both are connected by very low resistances and therefore not shown The difference between both configurations is significant not only for the conductor voltages but also for the touch voltage between them 5 8 2 Neutral Zone Tutorial In this tutorial a 2AC system with neutral zone will be created The basic 2AC tutorial was simpler without a neutral zone The neutral zone shall be at TSS_5 from km 4 800 to km 5 200 and it shall be possible to feed from one feeding section via the ne
3. The Switch File configures the state changes for each switch in the power supply network during the simulation time The default state of the switch is configured in the Project File The Switch File is only needed if switch states shall be changed during the simulation Node 2 xml 4 E ADE xmins xsi xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation a E TPD 4 e SwitchSetting 4 e Switch name state time 4 e Switch name state time 4 e Switch name state time 4 e Switch name state time Content version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd TSS1_OCS open 10 00 00 TSSI_R open 10 00 00 TSS1_OCS close 10 10 00 TSSI_R close 10 10 00 Figure 63 Switch configuration for network calculation The switches are open for 10 minutes beginning at 01 00 00 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 77 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 78 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 5 Simulation The OpenPowerNet GUI handles the start and stop of the three modules APserver PSC and ATM To start the modules has to be selected from context menu of the particular Project File The OpenPowerNet settings in OpenTrack have to be configured to run co simulations see chapter 4 2 The simulation can be started as usual with OpenTrack simulation panel a
4. nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 16 25 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 Table 10 Typical two winding transformer configuration nomPower_MVA 85 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 150 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 53 8 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 66 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet 7 g kh 2 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 67 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 noLoadLosses_kW 38 loadLosses_kW 136 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 8 6 noLoadCurrent_A 1 43 Table 11 Typical three winding transformer configuration nomPower_MVA 20 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 55 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses_kW 8 loadLosses_kW 17 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 1 76 noLoadCurrent_A 0 33 Table 12 Typical auto transformer configuration nomPower_MVA 0 158 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 0 316 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 0 316 noLoadLosses_kW 0 6 loadLosses_kW 2 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 11 noLoadCurrent_A 7 Table 13 Example configuration of an booster transformer internalResistance_Ohm 0 015 nomVoltage_kV 0 750 energyRecovery false Table 14 Typical rectifier configuration IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 67 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05
5. concatenate the merger name to the original network name gt network name used for simulation and analysis is TestNetwork 1 merge_nw2 and the network configuration of network TestNetwork 2 Page 73 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 74 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Figure 60 visualises the merged networks TSS1 Transformer1 Transfromer2 fal a u u m u 3 Merger Substations Substation 2 OCSBBConnector E E E E H E E E E E a tne SA Line 1 E Fr E E E HA E E E E E i lt lt 1 Merger Connectors Connector i 2 Merger Lines Line i E E E O u i Line 2 i E x E E E 2 TestNetwork 1 i TestNetwork 2 Figure 60 The merged TestNetwork 1 and TestNetwork 2 4 4 7 9 Train Operating Companies Node Content 4 e TOCs TOC 4 e TOC ourse name TOCA 4 e Course courselD Coursel000 4 e Course courselD Coursel010 4 e TOC ourse name TOCB 4 e Course courseID Coursel020 4 e TOC Course name TOCC 4 e Course courselD Course2100 Figure 61 Example configuration of Train Operating Companies For accumulation of energy consumption several courses can be grouped to so called Train Operating Companies This feature can be used to attribute a portion of energy to different IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 74 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA
6. 5 4 3 Analysis 5 4 3 1 Default configuration U f t 3500 T 7 7 7 7 H 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 o 0 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 U V IIA Figure 137 The pantograph line voltage and current versus time for the DC network default configuration In the diagram above we can see the current limitation as the current drops as well as the voltage U f s 3500 0 t 1 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Figure 138 The line voltage at pantograph versus chainage As we would expect the minimum of the pantograph line voltage is in the middle between the two substations IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 143 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 144 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 F f s 300 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km F_requested kN F_achieved kN Figure 139 The requested and achieved effort of course ABCI_01 for the default configuration The diagram above shows the effect of the traction current limitation very clearly If we compare the travel time of course ABCI_01 in Figure 140 we will see the effect of the lower achieved effort in a 14 minutes longer trav
7. EP 4 Ben abl Ls 8 1 Swings B Sang 1 0 3 Figure 98 The AnalysisPresets File with highlighted String element to define key word translation The definition of decimal and thousands separator for the charts is done at the element Excel see Figure 99 below The setting will be compared to the Excel setting at runtime In case of contradiction between the two settings a message popup will ask the user to modify the corresponding settings in Microsoft Excel options The desired printer name and paper IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 101 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 102 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 size are also configured at this element In case of contradiction a warning will be displayed at runtime Chartlypes H 3 TableTypes OpenPowerNet EH EH Analysis EH eee FP 4 ImageTypes a L 4 Strings Figure 99 The AnalysisPresets File with highlighted Excel element IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 102 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 103 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 Tutorial 5 0 General This tutorial shall be understood as a step by step description how to use OpenPowerNet Its handling is shown by means of a simple operational and electrical infrastructure Each chapter starts with
8. 5 A Inverter n none mean f v 5 oO v 2 n Motor n none mean f v Fnecn Gear n none mean f v Effort Fracave SH Mannes F regenerative NONE f v FF mas P Traction Power Legend configuration options of Project File configuration data of Engine File configuration data from OpenTrack limit tractive none f U f U v kiinaa none f U f U v 5 none mean f P n f v f U f 1 f U I Eddy Current Brake Power use true false Pe Foes Ya Energy Storage Power use true false load models saver recovery unload models panto_l_max storage_P_max storage_P_aux storage_P_traction storage_P_traction_ratio n none mean f load f U P m Pia P maxunioad maxLoad N maxUnioad use true false Paux EN Paux ot Pnad TP ost and or Reonst and or Picsiaic and or Ryraking aux_OT ae Pajas P anaiak Prraiter Figure 11 Single component engine model with power flow and configuration options IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 25 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 O 7 4 penPowerNet D gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 26 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Mean Efficiency Model Traction Power Legend ll imit tractive none f U f U v K aniaui none f U f U v none mean f P cn s f v f U f I f U I Eddy Current Brake Power use true false P HP ax Fras V
9. lt Switch name ATS_80 Gui _Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name ATS_80_T1_NF defaultState close gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Autotransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name ATS_80_OCS_Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name ATS 80 Rails Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB gt lt Connector name ATS_80_NF _ Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName NF lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt After all this changes we check the new configuration using PSC Viewer and we will see the added negative feeder as in Figure 128 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 133 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 134 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 TSS ante Es R the added negative feeder 4 e Q 001 0j 7 ee I 1 aaa jei j
10. 200 400 500 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 real A Sim 18 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _real A Sim 17 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _load_max A Sim 18 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _load_max A Sim 17 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _unload_max A Sim 18 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _unload_max A Sim 17 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 Figure 147 The load and unload current of both simulations simulation 18 with 400A and simulation 17 with 200A load and unload current limitation The diagrams above clearly show the different current limitations as well as the load and unload currents respecting their limitations IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 149 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 150 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 6 DC Network with Voltage Limiting Device Tutorial In this tutorial we will add multiple Voltage Limiting Devices VLD see chapter 4 4 7 6 to the DC network of the tutorial in chapter 0 We will see the effect of the VLD by comparing two simulations one without VLDs and the other with VLDs 5 6 1 Configuration 5 6 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in cha
11. Figure 1 Overview of co simulation The OpenTrack railway operation simulation is realised by a constant time step calculation OpenTrack and OpenPowerNet work together in a so called co simulation This means that both programs are communicating and interacting with each other during the simulation Each program respective module has a clearly delimited task OpenTrack simulates the course operation control and the driving dynamics The OpenPowerNet PSC module simulates voltages of the electrical network in respect of the course current consumption and position The OpenPowerNet engine simulation module ATM simulates the requested current and achieved effort in respect of the available line voltage at course position The sequence of simulation starts in OpenTrack First a start request is sent to the other modules and some initial tasks are organised A matrix representing the electrical network is set up and the voltages of the electrical network without load are calculated After initialisation the first requested tractive or braking effort of a course is sent from OpenTrack to the PSC at time step 0 The line voltage of the course corresponding to course position calculated in the initial phase is sent to ATM where the achieved effort is calculated and returned to OpenTrack If there is more than one course the calculation of the other course efforts follows the same principle Then the sequence for the time step 1 follows The first effort
12. IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 194 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 195 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 engine electric power 3890 maxTractEffort 200 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt 5 8 3 1 2 2 Project File As the basis we will use the Project File from the AC tutorial in chapter 0 First we add the configuration of the DC propulsion system to the engine lt Propulsion engine electric supply DC 3000V brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt It is the same as for AC but the attribute supply has a different value Second is the configuration of the electrical networks The DC network lt Network name A B use true voltage _kV 3 Set the voltage and frequency Hz 0 frequency for DC recordVoltage true recordCurrent true gt lt Lines recordCurrent falsetsub recordVoltage false tsub gt lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt lt Conductors gt First the conductors for track 1 from km 0 000 to km 9 750 lt Conductor type Feeder gt lt StartPosition condName LF trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 7
13. Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 93 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 E Morete Fea ee Magnetic Flux Density Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 500 01 26 00 0 i 12 10 E z z 100 g al 4 80 60 2 40 o 20 Ag 10 5 0 5 10 15 2 Lateral Distance m 200 Measuring point A Consuming engine 2 100 Recovering engine o i i 1 i i i oO 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Position km Figure 85 Example preview image of the flux density using shading style and color map jet EJ Mgnt Fed Same Magnetic Flux Density Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 500 01 26 00 0 Height m X rms uT B 5 10 5 0 5 10 15 Lateral Distance m Measuring point Consuming engine S H Recovering engine fe H H i 0 i i N i i fi 0 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 Position km Figure 86 Example preview image of the flux density using iso style IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 93 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 94 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 6 3 5 Currents At the Currents page the charts for conductor currents are defined The charts are defined per location A location is added as shown in Figure 87 E Analysis sel 3 a Tutorial AC Network default a
14. U f s 27400 27200 27000 U V 26800 26600 26400 26200 0 000 i 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 s km 70 000 80 000 90 000 Sim 1 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 6 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 125 Comparing the pantograph voltage without Sim 1 and with booster transformer Sim 6 In Figure 125 we see the voltages drop at the booster transformer chainages and then constant from the return feeder rail connection to the booster transformer The evaluation of the line impedance will show why the voltage behaves this way with booster transformers We will analyse the line impedance with the prepared Excel File 1 Impedance Z f s after CBAI_01 has terminated at Station A at 01 41 00 because for this analysis it must be only one engine in the network to show the correct impedance On the SELECTION sheet select Engine ABCI_01 Substation TSS_80 and filter for time values bigger than 6060 s IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 130 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Oma Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 131 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 8 000 Z_abs f s 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 Z Ohm 3 000 2 000 1 000 0 000 60 000 65 000 70 000 75 000 s km 80 000 85 0
15. gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 29 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID B trackID 1 km 29 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID B trackID 2 km 29 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 29 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID B trackID 1 km 29 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID B trackID 2 km 29 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 29 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID B trackID 1 29 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID B trackID 2 km 29 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 29 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID B trackID 1 km 29 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID B trackID 2 km 29 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connection between the lines gt lt Connector name MW track A 2 B 1 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID B trackID 1 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track A 2 B 1 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName
16. lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 7 2 Simulation We will run the simulation only with short trains Run both simulations e Do everything as described above and run the simulation e Change the attribute eddyCurrentBrake in the Project File to true give a meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 7 3 Analysis We use Excel tool Compare Two Engines to compare the simulation As we are only interested in the values while braking we filter the column with requested effort and select only the values lt 0 This has to be done for both SELECTION sheets IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 169 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPNIS1I1 5 lt spenPowerNet DA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 170 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 F f v 00m 40 0 men u i u m E bes ar en i T 20 0 nt Wine een ent i is th Ste op carta Sneha E ten l E i a i 30 0 E E ttn tt i z tt z s x a l l l 2 40 0 a sd a as en i Tae rn Bi te ce i i a J500 Ha een un ee o E a2 a t at i 60 0 foie En en une Ba en 70 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 v km h F_requested kN Sim 30 Course ABCs_02 Engi
17. lt Substations gt lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kv 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB 1 z real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_1 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB _1 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 Rails Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt lt Earth condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt Network gt lt Options tolerance_grad 0 001 tolerance V 0 1 tolerance A 0 1 maxIncreaseCount 500 discreteEngine true maxCurrentAngleIteration 100 gt lt PSC
18. tractiveVehicleEfficiency valueT able brakeVehicleEfficiency valueT able Table 7 Efficiency Table Model specific data used by ATM Each engine has the option to configure multiple energy storages The load and unload model is configured in the Project File Table 8 shows a typical engine energy storage configuration in the Engine File ImaxLoad_A 1000 ImaxUnload_A 1000 PmaxLoad_kW 500 PmaxUnload_kW 500 efficiencyLoad_percent 95 efficiencyUnload_percent 95 maxLoad_kWh 6 meanEfficiency_percent 99 Table 8 Typical engine energy storage configuration IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 54 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O 74 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 55 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 5 1 Auxiliary Power The modelling of the auxiliary power is available in OpenTrack as well as in OpenPowerNet In total 9 different models exist These auxiliary power models are defined in e OpenTrack engine as o A constant factor of the mechanical power of a speed range o A constant value of a defined speed range e OpenTrack train as o A constant factor in kW t delta load factor applied to the delta between the current train mass and the weight of the train model o A constant power per trailer e OpenPowerNet Engine File Constant power Constant power while braking Constant resistance Constant resis
19. v km h etha_tract Sim 32 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Wetha_total Sim 32 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 etha_tract Sim 33 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 X etha_total Sim 33 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 170 The efficiencies of course ABCI_01 with mean efficiency sim 32 and efficiency table model sim 33 5 7 10 Single Component Model Tutorial This tutorial describes the handling of the single component model of the engine see also Figure 11 The components of the model are Transformer Four quadrant chopper Traction inverter Motor and e Gear The efficiencies shall be as in Figure 171 Note that the transformer efficiency is versus current and the others constant or versus speed To see the effect of the transformer efficiency we will run one simulation with a mean transformer efficiency of 98 and one simulation with the efficiency as in Figure 171 We will use the courses with longs trains IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 173 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 174 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Engine Model Single Component Efficiencies 100 80 Eta_4QC flv Eta_inverter flv Eta_motor flv Eta_gear flv Eta_total flv Eta_trafo il 60 50 v km h
20. 0 1 Impedance components in Ohm km oog i i i HERR o o i aa N jo 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Current in A Figure 208 Impedance components for inner values fo running rails different models at 16 7 Hz 0 26 I I I 50 Hal 0244 X150 Hz ate ae t 3350 Hal f a BR een ce 0 22 H x s2150 Hz z ix nn Te x g 027 iS Q 0 18f a n i E N E EE E E A A EEE EA 2 o 0 16 Q E 8 o 0 14f a en RER BIER EET oO B O12 PH peessestnesaandtecneds patherscesnast a a a a E E E i 0 1 os 0 08 pre es a BU U ee a ee a 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Current in A Figure 209 Impedance components for inner values for running rails different models at 50 Hz IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 227 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 228 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 0 3 1 R 1160 H fencer ne fener R g 60 Hz 0 25H X 160 Hz 0 2 e ben e a e S E beheben bb 0 156 Eaa a ae ee ee ea ee ee Impedance components in Ohm km 0 1 ooi i i i o 200 400 i i i i i i i 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 Current in A 600 800 Figure 210 Impedance components for inner values for running rails different models at 60 Hz For the selection of the rail parameter
21. 01_AC_Network a amp OPNData EB Analysis 6 2 3 1 sel B Engine Filexml Project File 6 2 3 1 x J Project File 6 23 24 New r Project File 6 2 3 2 v Open Project File 6 2 3 3 x Open With r B Project File 6 2 3 4 i Project File 6 4 3 3 gt Copy Ctrl C es Paste Ctrl V ata OTDocuments Delete Delete amp OTOutput Move EB Analysis sel Rename F2 02_Booster 03_2AC_Network s Import 04_DC_Network 24 Export amp 05_Storage a 06 VLD Refresh F5 07_Engine_Model Validate 08_Network_Model T 5 B OT_preferences bt eo Compare With Replace With gt Convert OPN Project file for Viewer to ui Start OpenPowerNet QP Upload dump file into database Source gt Properties Alt Enter Figure 64 Start OpenPowerNet modules by selecting the Project file and click Start OpenPowerNet from context menu To shut down the three modules select from menu During the simulation a number of messages will be displayed These messages are categorised in INFO WARNING and ERROR At the end of the simulation the number of WARNING and ERROR messages is displayed if any occurred All messages are saved to the database and can be read after the simulation by using the Excel File Message OpenPowerNet gt Excel Tools gt Messages IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 78 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 79 of 23
22. 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 5 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 21 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 154 The pantograph position of course CBAI_01 with constant power factor of 0 sim 5 and with power factor depending on line voltage sim 21 We can see very clear the line voltage supporting behaviour of the capacitive engine model used in this simulation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 155 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 156 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 7 2 Tractive Effort Tutorial In this tutorial we want to use a table for the tractive effort characteristic of the engine In the AC tutorial we used maximum power and maximum tractive effort to define the characteristic The engine model is more flexible when using the table see Figure 155 Tractive Effort 300 200 150 F kN 100 50 7 v km h maxPower maxTractEffort F f v Figure 155 Possible characteristics of both available tractive effort models 5 7 2 1 Configuration 5 7 2 1 1 OpenTrack As the tractive effort characteristic curve in OpenTrack is always above the characteristic we defined in OpenPowerNet we don t need to change OpenTrack The used tractive effort will be limited to the value defined in OpenPowerNet Ther
23. IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 112 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 113 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 discreteEngine true gt The engine should be inserted at the slices and the current shall not be distributed to both neighbouring slices Now we have done the configuration of the Project File To check for failures and to visualise what we have done we will use the PSC Viewer see chapter 3 3 The PSC Viewer creates a graphical representation of the electrical network using nodes conductors connectors and substations A diagram snippet is shown in Figure 105 Figure 105 A snippet of the electrical network at Station B with siding in the PSC Viewer diagram 5 1 1 2 3 Switch File As we later also want to simulate a failure scenario besides the default configuration we have to prepare a Switch File This file enables us to disconnect a transformer at a specific time by opening the switches between the transformer and the busbar For this example we define to disconnect the transformer in substation at km 80 000 from 01 05 00 until 01 22 00 lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt ADE xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd gt lt TPD gt lt SwitchSetting gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name TSS_ 80
24. IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 52 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OM OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 53 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 curve engine propulsion fourQuadrantChopper phi valueT able tractive none current E j SEHE limitation curve engine propulsion tractiveCurrentLimitation valueT able optional engine propulsion zeroSpeedCurrentLimitation brake current none limitation curve engine propulsion brakeCurrentLimitation valueT able use auxiliary no power yes engine propulsion auxSupply constPower engine propulsion auxSupply constResistance engine propulsion auxSupply constPowerBraking engine propulsion auxSupply constResistanceBraking Note Auxiliary while braking is only active for engines during regenerative braking regenerative none braking max engine propulsion maxBrakePower engine propulsion maxBrakeEffort engine propulsion maxRecoveryVoltage curve engine propulsion brakeEffort valueTable engine propulsion maxRecoveryVoltage tractive effort max engine propulsion power engine propulsion maxTractEffort curve engine propulsion tractiveEffort valueT able eddy current none brake max brakes eddyCurrentBrake maxPower brakes eddyCurrentBrake maxEffort brakes eddyCurrentBrake mi
25. Page 192 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Position condName TSS_5_NF_r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBBConnector z_imag Ohm 0 0 z real Ohm 0 001 gt lt BusbarFrom bbName 0CS_ BB 1 gt lt BusbarTo bbName 0CS_ BB 2 gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 OCS BB gt lt OCSBBConnector gt lt RailsBBConnector z_imag Ohm 0 0 z_ real Ohm 0 001 gt lt BusbarFrom bbName Rails BB 1 gt lt BusbarTo bbName Rails BB 2 gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS 5 Rails BB gt lt RailsBBConnector gt lt NegativeFeederBBConnector z_imag Ohm 0 0 z_ real Ohm 0 001 gt lt BusbarFrom bbName NF_BB 1 gt lt BusbarTo bbName NF_BB 2 gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 NF BB gt lt NegativeFeederBBConnector gt lt Substation gt 5 8 2 2 Simulation Run the simulation using the long trains Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 8 2 3 Analysis After the simulation we will check the total current sum at each section and for all time steps For this we use the Excel tool Current _ total f s Furthermore we want to check the effect of the neutral zone to the speed of the course I_total f s 0 700 7 niee ae et Pe a m aaa rn i an ee Sees een ee en en ee ee en nn 0 000 i i j i f i i i 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000
26. ba a er es nn ns eee T 0 300 0 200 0 000 0 000 1 000 4 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 10 000 s km total_real A _total_imag A Figure 181 The sum of the conductor current for each section and all time steps with the correct configuration When we compare both diagrams above we can see the wrong configuration results in a current sum much higher than 0A In Figure 181 the resulting current is almost 0 A The current is not exact 0 A due to numeric rounding during the calculation and analysis 60 7 U f s 250 000 j 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 i 1 i SO A E E E EE E E EE ILIEFEER e sssususal 1 1 1 1 1 i jj 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 200 000 ie ee ae eax ee ea cae 150 000 30 gt 100 000 Be re ae nn aaa t f ben N nd 50 000 10 0 F 0 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 s km U_abs V Track 1 Conductor E U_abs V Track 1 Conductor RR Delta U_abs V 4 Courses A Figure 182 The potential of the earth conductor and rail to the earth node and the touch voltage between the rail RR and earth as result of the wrong configured network at 1 28 36 The right y axis shows the current of the course IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 186 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH
27. lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 0 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 0 650 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 0 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 10 250 z_real Ohm 0 000010
28. lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt The 4 connectors for messenger wire contact wire and both rails at the END of track 1 follow lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 10 250 z_ real Ohm 0
29. www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance 4 E Propulsion en xsinoNamespaceSchemaLo http www openpowernet de schemas 1 5 0 OpenPow a tira N name Tutorial AC Network z defaut Options tolerance_A commen aul Z PSC i maxlterations 1000 a SUR maxFailediterations 100 a Lines Z U odbeDsn pscresults 4 E Linename A record2DB true zm page N record2DB_Dump false aie Gast rstFile Engine Filexml E Stari Fr 3600 Top N 7 E mn 4 E Conduc i 7 r i Design Source e N E ToP a E Conduc Documentation 5 e e f B E Start x E ToP h Element ATM a a E Conduc Parent element for all configuration data of Advanced Train Model ATM Stari l i fe ToP f Content Model Vehicles Options a E Condud N Stari E Top 4 E Conduc Star e ToP s fel Conduc 7 T a E TEE el e OpenPowerNet L 4 Figure 4 The XML perspective of the GUI 3 2 XML Editor The OpenPowerNet included XML editor supports the editing To use the editing support the XML schema definition need to be specified in the XML File All OpenPowerNet schema files are available in an XML Catalog To create a new XML File select a folder in the Project Explorer and choose New gt Other from the context menu The new wizard opens select XML gt XML File click next and give a file name see Figure 5 r nr Dl amp New enama New XML File canm Select
30. 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_ 1 z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 5 T1 _ocs defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 5 T1 _Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_1 gt lt Connector name TSS 5 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID a trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 gt lt Connector name TSS_ 5 Rails Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt lt Earth condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 0 2 gt Note the beginning of the earth conductor at km 0 200 lt Network gt lt Options tolerance grad 0 001 tolerance V 0 1 tolerance A 0 1 maxIncreaseCount 500 discreteEngine true maxCurrentAngleIteration 100 gt lt PSC gt lt OpenPowerNet gt 5 8 5 2 Simulation Run both simulations one after the other Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 8 5 3 Analysis Fo
31. 07 Engine Model Refresh H 08_Network_Model Validate B OT_preferences bt Team gt ae Compare With ri Replace With Convert OPN Project file for Viewer to ui Start OpenPowerNet I Upload dump file into database Source Properties Alt Enter Console X Figure 106 Start OpenPowerNet by selecting the Project File and using the context menu When using the GUI for the first time the OPN perspective is arranged in a way that there should be 3 separate console views on the bottom one for each OPN module and another console view for GUI and Analysis output as well as progress and properties views right above These views may re arranged as needed To restore the default arrangement simply right click on the perspective tab button labelled OPN found top right in the GUI and select Reset For the default configuration we run the simulation using the files as described above Start all modules via the GUI make sure the option to use OpenPowerNet in OpenTrack is set and start the simulation with courses ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 114 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet O 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 115 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Simulation Start Time Stop Time BUTI Break Time Step s Best Current Time 00 00 00 nn Scenario Adhesion Outside good Adhesion Tunnel good De
32. 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 s km F_requested kN F_achieved kN 80 000 90 000 Figure 110 The requested and achieved effort of course ABCI_01 for the default configuration The achieved effort corresponds to the requested effort for positive effort requests The achieved effort while braking is 0 0kN because our engine has no recovery braking We also see the changes in effort requests caused be the varying gradients From km 1 400 to km 2 400 the gradient is 10 which causes a raising effort and from km 6 750 to km 8 750 we have the adverse effect for a gradient of 5 o Furthermore we may have a look at the mechanical and electrical power of the course ABCI_01 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 117 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 118 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 P f t 8 000 7 7 000 6 000 5 000 4 000 a i 3 000 Hf 4 Jf P R ee 2 000 1 000 ee ane VERLIEREN ee Sere eee rere er EREEREREUEN err ee i i i i i i 0 01 00 00 01 10 00 01 20 00 01 30 00 01 40 00 01 50 00 02 00 00 P el kW P_mech kW Figure 111 The mechanical and electrical power of the course ABCI_01 In this diagram the effect of the gradients can be seen again between 01 01 00 and 01 07 00 The course i
33. 5 Resistance Factor 3 2833 Adh Load f EJ Rot mass Factor ni S AC DC_Networks depot 0 Tutorial 06_ Network Moden Os REN lolx Length m 25 Balise Telegram v z 5 x S z zam Loop a m Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit Speed max km h 250 R Radio Telegram M Tractive Effort max KN 250 Rack Traction 1 h v Diagram 1 Diagram 2 Tzrvoigrams m System DC 2400 V DC 3000 Dc sooo v gt Export Import Dupi Det act Diagram Color M Adhesion bad so normal 125 good 150 Loss Function Edit Engine Diagram 1 Diagram Zz Selected Point y km h ZIKNI P mw hyperb Visual Rectangle Speed max km h 270 Scale Tractive Effort max kN 270 Min KN 0 Autoscale Del Engine NewEngine Save Depot NewDepot Open Depot Save Depot _New Depot Open Depot Set Data Figure 189 The engine configuration in OpenTrack with two propulsion systems 5 8 3 1 2 OpenPowerNet In OpenPowerNet we need also both propulsion systems in order to run the same engine on both propulsion systems 5 8 3 1 2 1 Engine File The basis shall be the Engine File from the AC tutorial in chapter 0 To this engine file we add the DC propulsion system with the properties listed in Table 18 see XML snippet below lt propulsion supply DC 3000V transmission electric
34. 9 650 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 19 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 20 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The earth conductor lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20 Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y m 450 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The dropper configuration for track 1 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The dropper configuration for track 2 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 20 000 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector g
35. A 1 0 787 36 252 0 000 27402 786 381 112 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 42 A 1 0 766 36 263 0 000 27393 778 415 782 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 43 A 1 0 745 36 274 0 000 27384 878 449 771 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 44 A 1 0 724 36 286 0 000 27375 471 484 556 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 45 A 1 0 704 36 291 0 000 27370 849 501 594 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 46 A 1 0 683 36 243 0 000 27410 135 350 944 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 47 A 1 0 662 36 243 0 000 27409 831 351 690 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 48 A 2 0 641 0 000 0 000 0 000 0 000 20 455 0 000 75 000 0 000 00 01 15 49 A 2 0 200 231 172 0 000 26761 868 2217 235 247 000 247 000 74 609 520 000 00 01 15 51 A 2 0 179 36 244 0 000 27408 768 354 846 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 52 A 2 0 158 36 244 0 000 27408 629 355 269 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 53 A 2 0 137 36 244 0 000 27408 629 355 269 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 54 A 2 0 116 36 245 0 000 27408 515 355 622 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 55 A 2 0 095 36 245 0 000 27408 515 355 622 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 56 A 2 0 075 36 245 0 000 27408 427 355 906 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 57 A 2 0 054 36 245 0 000 27408 426 355 906 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 58 A 2 0 033 36 245 0 000 27408 426 355 906 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 59 A 2 0 012 36 245 0 000 27408 363 356 121 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01
36. OBA penPowerNet A gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH OPN 51 1 5 3 Page 68 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 5 Station Energy Storage model for limited current model for constant voltage busbar Liin TARRAA Unom busbar Z ionn Lass conn Figure 54 The model for the station energy storage voltage stabilisation and energy saving has two models which are used depending on the conditions during the simulation If the current is maximum the left model is used and otherwise the right model R is the parameter internalResistance_Ohm Unom is nomVoltage_kV Imax is unloadImax_A respective loadlmax_A and Zb conn the connectors to the busbars nomVoltage_kV 0 580 internalResistance_Ohm 0 015 loadimax_A 100 unloadimax_A 300 maxLoad_kWh 10 initialLoad_kWh 5 lossPower_kW 0 1 efficiencyLoad_percent 90 efficiencyUnload_percent 90 Table 15 Typical voltage stabilisation station energy storage configuration for DC 600V with 600V no load voltage at the rectifier nomVoltage_kV 0 600 internalResistance_Ohm 0 015 loadImax_A 300 unloadImax_A 300 maxLoad_kWh 10 initialLoad_kWh 5 lossPower_kW 0 1 efficiencyLoad_percent 90 efficiencyUnload_percent 90 Table 16 Typical energy saving station energy storage configuration for DC 600V with 600V no load voltage at the rectifier 4 4 7 6 Voltage Limiting Device According to EN
37. RF_r lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt Connector gt Finally all infeeds from the substation need to be connected at km 5 100 to the Feeder and ReturnFeeder conductors lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_1 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName LF 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 Rails Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RE_I lineID A trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB 2 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName lineID A trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 6 0 gt lt Switch gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 184 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Oma SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 185 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB_2 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 Rails Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Position cond
38. active during braking Below 10 km h the eddy current brake is inactive and results are identical between the two simulations We can see the 130 kW offset of our constant power auxiliary supply Regenerative braking always has higher priority than the eddy current brake As we see from Figure 168 the achieved effort from regenerative braking reaches its maximum at 30 kN below 50 km h but the difference to the requested effort is below 30 kN and can be brought up by the eddy current brake which does not need its full power Above 50 km h the achieved effort by regerative braking is limited by the maximum brake power of 400 kW Therefore the difference to the requested effort gets bigger and the eddy current brake has to work at its maximum power of 300 kW at speeds up to about 170 km h Because of the eddy current brake we see the behaviour of the course ABCs_02 changed from regenerative to consuming 5 7 8 Mean Efficiency Model Tutorial The mean efficiency model is used for all previous tutorials Read the AC tutorial in chapter 0 for details 5 7 9 Efficiency Table Model Tutorial In this tutorial we use the efficiency table model of the engine to describe the efficiency versus speed The engine shall use regenerative braking and the efficiencies for driving and braking shall be the same 5 7 9 1 Configuration 5 7 9 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCI_01 and
39. art 2006 06 15 11 5509 16 06 15 12 0358 2006 06 15 12 2410 29 20060615122954 2 30 2006 06 15 124355 2006 06 36 2006 06 15 15 59 6 LELLLLLEL 41 2006 06 15 17 3346 42 2006 06 15 18 26 25 47 2006 06 16 17 1440 250A stort 33km n 0 04 2006 06 16 1719 12 HSL Current brit 2504 start 33km n 0 04 Figure 73 The results of the query are listed in the table Select Return Data to Microsoft Excel from file menu to insert the data into an Excel table Please see the Excel documentation for further questions Daten importieren Wahlen Sie das Format aus in dem Sie diese Daten in der Arbeitsmappe anzeigen m chten Tabelle ig PivotTable Bericht ds PivotChart und PivotTable Bericht E Wo sollen die Daten eingef gt werden Bestehendes Arbeitsblatt m Neues Arbeitsblatt Eigenschaften Nur Verbindung erstellen Figure 74 Click OK and the data will be inserted to the table at position A 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 84 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen P owe rN et ZZ gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 85 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 ioo Mappel Kompatibil it tsmodus Tabellentools Usammenfassen a Duplikate entfernen Exportieren madeo Addins Entwurf E Eigenschaften W berschrift Pl Er I Im Browser ffnen E Ergebniszeile F te l J In Bereich ko
40. electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 maxBrakePower 400 We need to set the braking maximum power maxBrakeEffort 30 maximum brake effort and maxRecoveryVoltage 29000 gt and maximum recovery voltage lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt brakes gt lt eddyCurrentBrake This is the eddy current brake and its parameters maxEffort 30 maxPower 300 minSpeed 10 gt lt brakes gt lt vehicle gt 3 7 7 1 2 2 Project File IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 168 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 169 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 As we use short trains only and they start at 2 00 we have to set the simulation start time to 7200s simulationStart_s 7200 Then we need to set the regenerative brake option and set the use of the eddy current brake to true for the second simulation lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false This need to be set to false for the first and to true for the second simulation engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort Set this to use the regenerative brake tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt
41. lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track A 3 B 2 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 3 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID B trackID 2 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt Last but not least the configuration of the substations TSS_5 TSS_A_25 and TSS_B_25 lt Substations gt lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 206 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 207 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Switch name TSS_5 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 5 T1 _Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS 5 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW TineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name TSS_
42. lt valueLine gt yValue 76 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 71 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 61 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 53 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 47 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 41 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 36 gt lt valueLine gt Set the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 2 2 Simulation We need only to simulate the long trains to see effect of the changed tractive effort model of the engine Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 2 3 Analysis We use the Excel tool Compare Two Engines to compare course CBAI_01 of the AC network default simulation with this simulation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 157 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 158 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 F f v BUT a a a Bee 0 50 100 150 200 250 v km h F_requested kN Sim 1 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 MW F_achieved kN Sim 1 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 AF_requested kN Sim 22 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 X F_achieved kN Sim 22 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 156 The tractive effort of course CBAI_01 from default AC network simulation sim 1 and tractive effort table model simulation sim 22 W
43. z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name TSS_5 LF Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName LF lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name TSS 5 _Rails_Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt lt Earth condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt Network gt The AC network lt Network name B C use true voltage kV 25 The nominal voltage and frequency Hz 50 frequency for the AC network recordVoltage true recordCurrent true gt lt Lines recordCurrent falsetsub recordVoltage false tsub gt lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt lt Conductors gt The conductors for track 1 from km 9 750 to km 85 400 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y 1 m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 tempera
44. z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 220 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet w 22 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 221 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 10 250 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 10 250 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt lt Substations gt The substation at km 5 000 lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses _kw 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent A
45. 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The connectors between contact and messenger wire and lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 9 750 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _real_Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _real_Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 9 750 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _real_Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt line feeder to contact wire lt ConnectorSlice name line feeder to CW firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 9 750 maxDis
46. 0 00381 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition km 0 trackID up condName R gt lt ToProperty x_m 0 y m 0 r20 Ohm_km 0 0164 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 toPos_km 1 000 temperatureCoefficient 0 0047 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition km 1 100 trackID up condName CW gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 224 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 Oma OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 225 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ToProperty x_m 5 y m 5 3 r20_Ohm km 0 2138 equivalentRadius_mm 4 4 toPos km 2 100 temperatureCoefficient 0 00381 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition km 1 100 trackID up condName R gt lt ToProperty x_m 5 y m 0 r20 Ohm km 0 0164 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 toPos km 2 100 temperatureCoefficient 0 0047 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt Line gt lt Connectors gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 0001 z_imag Ohm 0 0 gt lt ConductorFrom km 1 000 trackID up condName CW lineID A gt lt ConductorTo km 1 100 trackID up condName CW lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 0001 z_imag Ohm 0 0 gt lt ConductorFrom km 1 000 trackID up
47. 00 00 01 40 00 Sim 5 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 11 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 136 The failure scenario line voltage at pantograph for course CBAI_01 in AC sim 5 and 2AC sim 11 network As expected we see a voltage drop between 01 05 00 and 01 22 00 because the TSS_80 respective the ATS_80 was powered off It is also not surprising to see a lower voltage for 2AC as we have compared the line voltage for 1000A constant current in Figure 135 and found that the lower curve belongs to the 2AC network IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 139 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 140 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 4 DC Network Tutorial In this tutorial we will change the power supply to a 3kV DC system with two substations at the same positions as before km 5 000 and 80 000 The negative feeder of the 2AC network will be used as line feeder and connected with the contact wire of track 1 every 1000m We will use the same engine with 5 56MW maximum tractive power as before The maximum power for the long train with 30kW auxiliary power per trailer and 100kW auxiliary power of the engine is 6 08MW At nominal voltage the current will be approximately 2000A We can expect that such a high current will cause a high voltage drop Therefore we will use the tractive current limitation to stabilise the pa
48. 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 10 250 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt Now we have already defined the electrical network along the line In the next step we have to define the substations one at km 5 000 and one far away at km 80 000 lt Substations gt This is the substation at km 5 000 lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer The characteristic of the two winding transformer shall be as defined by the attributes name T1 nomPower MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 111 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 112 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_ BB z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt The connection from the transformer to the OSC busbar is defined with this element lt Switch name TSS_5 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt This connection
49. 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom trackID 1 condName RF_BT gt lt ConductorTo trackID 1 condName RF gt lt Connector gt lt Position km 72 001 gt lt Position km 76 001 gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The connection between Contact Wire and Messenger Wire shall be changed from ConnectorSlice to leakage The advantage of leakage is a connection at each slice instead of defined locations gt Delete the ConnectorSlices for the droppers of track 1 and track 2 gt Add leakage between Contact and MessengerWire for track 1 and track 2 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 128 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 CL 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 129 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Leakage name dropper track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 85 4 yReal_S_km 1000 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage name dropper track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S_km 1000 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Leakage gt The isolators have to be added as a child to element the Line lt Isolators gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 72 trackID 1 condName CW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt
50. 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 101 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 style line weight 2 legend true label false gt lt Color name red gt lt MarkerStyle name gt lt Item gt lt Item name Engine_recovering title Recovering engine use true style line weight 2 legend true label false gt lt Color name dark_green gt lt MarkerStyle name 0 gt lt Item gt lt Chart2 gt lt ImageType gt lt MagneticField gt The definition of attributes e title and e subtitle may use the following place holders where applicable to customise the dynamic item titles e _designation e function e _itemID _linelD _position _refltemID _refLinelD _refTrackID _separator _time e _timeEnd e _timeStart and e _trackID Depending on the context the place holders will be replaced with applicable values Note If a place holder is defined but not suitable for the context the place holder will not be replaced but appear in the generated chart All suitable place holders are used in the default preset file at the corresponding attributes The user may take this as an example The preset file allows translation of some key words e g Substation Line to a local language or customer specific expression through an element string see Figure 98 below ImageTy OpenPowerNet EH EH Analysis EH
51. 1 A Figure 171 The efficiencies of the engine components 5 7 10 1 Configuration 5 7 10 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 with long trains 5 7 10 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 5 7 10 1 2 1 Engine File In the Engine File we need to define all the efficiencies of the engine model lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 gt lt transformer typeStr meanEfficiency 98 count 1 gt lt efficiency gt lt valueTable xValueName Current xValueUnit A The current and yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit 1 gt the efficiency unit lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 4 gt lt valueLine gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 174 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet 7 74 wz 2 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 175 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values lt valueLine xValue 60 gt lt values yValue 0 93 lt valueLine xValue 105 gt lt values yValue 0 98 lt valueLine xValue 250 gt lt values yValue 0 93 lt valueTable gt
52. 100 gt lt auxSupply typeStr constant resistance constResistance 7507 6 gt lt auxSupply typeStr constant power while braking constPowerBraking 100 gt lt auxSupply typeStr constant resistance while braking constResistanceBraking 7507 6 gt gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt For simulation 2 to 5 we use only one auxiliary power model and comment the others by using XML comment syntax 5 7 6 1 2 2 Project File As we use short trains only and they start at 2 00 we have to set the simulation start time to 7200s simulationStart_s 7200 Then we need to set the regenerative brake option and set the use of the engine auxiliary to false for the first simulation lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower false Set this to false in the first simulation and to true for the other IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 164 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet O 7 4 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 165 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort Set this to use the regenerative brake tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set
53. 130 gt lt values yValue 125 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 140 gt lt values yValue 114 gt lt valueLine gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 156 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O ET Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 157 of 232 Issue 2014 11 05 lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine lt valueLine xValue 150 gt xValue 160 gt xValue 170 gt xValue 180 gt xValue 190 gt xValue 200 gt xValue 210 gt xValue 220 gt xValue 230 gt xValue 240 gt xValue 250 gt lt valueTable gt lt tractiveEffort gt 5 7 2 1 2 2 Project File lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort F f v gt This value need to be set to use the table model lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values lt values User Manual yValue 104 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 95 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 88 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 82 gt
54. 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 74 ww Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 40 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3 5 Debug r amp Preferences Soa type filter text Debug ey vv G OpenPowerNet debug options Install Update 1 E Use debug message logging Model Validation The debug level of all modules a OpenPowerNet ALL FINEST FINER Analysis 2 FINE CONFIG INFO APserver WARNING SEVERE OFF ATM Debug File format of the debug messages Notification 3 tt xml OpenTrack A Te P u PSC Write debug messages to console PSC Viewer PSC Viewer Diagram Team Validation En A XML ore Defau Apply ana Figure 27 General configuration Debug option preferences page 1 Either to use debug message logging or not Should not be used for simulations as it slows down the simulation significantly But may be used on OpenPowerNet support request to enable the support to solve questions The following options are only enabled in case this checkbox is checked 2 The level of debug messages to be saved to the debug files oO The debug file format 4 Whether to write the debug messages also to the message console or only to the debug file IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 40 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 41 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3
55. 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 station A firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 1 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z _ real _Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 outside station A firstPos_km 1 2 lastPos_km 25 4 maxDistance_km 0 2 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 station A firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 0 650 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 station B firstPos_km 9 800 lastPos_km 10 200 maxDistance km 0 1 gt lt Connector z_real _Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 station A firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 1 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag
56. 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 153 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 7 Engine Model Tutorials In the following tutorials we will configure different engine models and analyse the calculated simulation data Each of following chapters describes one aspect of the engine model 5 7 1 Power Factor Tutorial In the AC tutorial with failure scenario we experienced a significant voltage drop down to 24175 V for course CBAI_01 Now we will configure a capacitive behaviour of the engine in case of low voltage Figure 151 describes the detailed behaviour and Figure 152 the values of the power factor for the engine model Legend The behaviour of the engine wether capacitive C or inductor L The value of the power factor in the engine model The resulting current of the engine at the pantograph while driving For braking the currents are turned by 180 Figure 151 The engine power factor association between engine behaviour and model parameter Phi o 24000 25000 30000 u v Figure 152 Power factor versus line voltage 5 7 1 1 Configuration 5 7 1 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 153 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 154 of 232 User
57. 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt Configuration of line B lt Line name B maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt lt Conductors gt The conductor configuration for track 1 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x_m 0 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The conductor configuration for track 2 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 203 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 O
58. 50526 2 2012 a Voltage Limiting Device VLD operates in a way as to connect the track return circuit of DC railway systems to earth system or conductive parts within the overhead contact line zone or current collector zone in order to IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 68 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O 7 4 hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 69 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 1 Prevent impermissible touch voltage caused by train traffic or short circuit and or 2 Prevent impermissible touch voltages by reducing the fault circuit impedance and thus causing tripping of the circuit breaker by over current The VLD model is not limited to DC only but can be used for AC railway power supply systems as well as for DC systems Note The DC model respects the current direction while the AC model uses the absolute values If the voltage shall be limited in any case for DC systems e g touch voltage between rail and earth two VLD models need to be added to the network model One VLD reference shall be the rail busbar and for the other VLD the reference shall be the earth busbar The model is a recoverable VLD that recovers after triggering depending of the defined Open Model The VLD model is defined in the TypeDefs File see Figure 55 and the Project File see Figure 56 references to the VLD model definition only by its type name t din ie aoe
59. AC Network f comment default maxterations 1000 maxFailediterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB_Dump false rstFile Engine Filexml simulationStart_s 3600 i E ATM e E Psc N Design Source N N E Properties 52 Ale 6 Property Value N r m E Console 3 alme ri m E Console 53 GE Bern a E Console 52 ae ri S o OPN ApServer OPN ATM OPN PSC 0 Figure 3 The OpenPowerNet perspective of the GUI The GUI includes an XML editor to edit the configuration files IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 12 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 13 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 r l XML Test 20_User_Manual Tutorial 01_AC_Network OPNData Project File 6 2 3 1 xml OpenPowerNet crama File Edit Navigate Search Project Run OpenPowerNet Design Window Help mis E i LE C ra Ise FROEREH T Fo Dr Quick Access E Born x XML amp Project Explorer 53 o X Project File 6 2 3 1 xml 53 5 BE Outline X ERS es 7 BE 2 xml a 5 Test Node Content a 4 E OpenPowerNet name Tutori x a E ATM 22 xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 4 el Vehicles 4 e OpenPowerNet Document ATM PSC TOCs 4 Vehicle eddyCurrel N xminsixsi http
60. Bi Network A C m Line A dB Add chart location T General Lines 6 TConnectors Substations 16 Magnetic Field 1 Currents 0 Voltages 0 Figure 87 Add a chart location at Currents page The chart location defines the position chart type and selected conductors The conductor selection is supported by type specific selection via buttons above the table Se EB Analysis sel 52 m i reg Position between slices km 10 125 r a bet Line A Select Conductors in row 20 125 All contact Wire gt MessengerWire Rail NegativeFeeder Feeder Return Feeder Earth Delete Rows Track 4 1 4 2 4 Designation Type cw E Mw RL R cw MW RL EEE EA Diele De K K m z m 7 m z m 7 NOU PWN He K X lt a oonan ng mik K KI KI General Lines 4 Connectors 6 Substations 16 Magnetic Field 1 Currents 6 Voltages 0 L d Figure 88 The Currents page selection details Available chart types are e f t currents versus time see Figure 89 e I_sum f t current and current total versus time e _sum f t current total versus time e TRLPC current as Time Rated Load Periods Curve see chapter 6 16 Figure 90 e _sum TRLPC current and current total as Time Rated Load Periods Curve e sum TRLPC current total as Time Rated Load Periods C
61. CBAI_01 with long trains 5 7 9 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 5 7 9 1 2 1 Engine File We need to add to the Engine File the values for regenerative braking and the efficiency values for traction and braking lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 This values will be ignored if we choose totalBrakeEfficiency 90 efficiency table model in the Project File maxBrakePower 5560 maxBrakeEffort 250 maxRecoveryVoltage 29000 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt tractiveVehicleEfficiency gt The efficiency for traction lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 40 gt lt valueLine gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 171 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 172 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt valueLine xValue 10 gt lt values yValue 75 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 85 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 50 gt lt values yValue 88 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 80 gt lt va
62. CW lineID B trackID 1 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track A 2 B 1 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID B trackID 1 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track A 2 B 1 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID B trackID 1 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name E track 1 Line A B z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName E lineID B trackID 1 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track A 3 B 2 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 3 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID B trackID 2 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track A 3 B 2 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 3 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID B trackID 2 km 20 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track A 3 B 2 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 3 km 20 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID B trackID 2 km 20 gt
63. CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 85 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt lt Leakages gt The leakages for the track lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 85 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 85 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt lt Lines gt lt Substations gt The substation at km 45 000 with two winding transformer lt Substation name TSS_45 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kv 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 45 TL _ocs defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_45_T
64. DC 600V tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort useAuxPower true gt lt EfficiencyTable gt lt Propulsion gt 6 9 How to simulate short circuits You need to define a course in OpenTrack and use it with an itinerary for the tracks you want to check In the OpenPowerNet Project File you need to set the attribute constantVoltage_V to 0 see the XML snippet below lt Propulsion constantVoltage V 0 This attribute defines the engine as a short circuit between the contact wire and the rail The following attributes will be ignored once you set this attribute brakeCurrentLimitation I f U engine electric fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort supply DC 600V tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort useAuxPower true gt lt EfficiencyTable gt lt Propulsion gt By using the Excel File Engine xlsx the short circuit current versus time and position is available IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 230 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 CE 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 231 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 6 10 How to prevent the consideration of the achieved effort in OpenTrack while using OpenPowerNet You need to set the attribute returnRequestedEffort to true The requested effort will be returned to OpenTrack but the c
65. DC Networks Tutorial In this tutorial we will create a project file with two independent power supply areas The engines shall have two different propulsion systems One propulsion system shall be for 25 kV 50 Hz and the other for 3 kV DC Fmax 250 kN 200 kN Pmax 5 56 MW 3 89 MW Table 18 The engine properties of the AC DC tutorial Substation km 45 000 km 5 000 Chainage track 1 from km 9 750 to track 1 from km 0 000 to km 85 400 km 9 750 and track 2 from km 9 750 to km 10 250 Line feeder none yes from km 0 000 to km 9 750 Table 19 The network properties of the AC DC tutorial IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 193 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 194 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 3 1 Configuration 5 8 3 1 1 OpenTrack The bases are the configuration files from the AC tutorial in chapter 0 We need to e Change the propulsion system of the infrastructure Figure 188 and e Add the 3 kV DC propulsion system to Engine1 Figure 189 gt Tutorial_AC DC_Networks opentrack O Tutorial 06_Network_Model 03_AC DC_Networks OTDocuments Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit j Station A Station B Station C amp ay 10 i 2 z 10 ne 10 4 10 A on A jr Engine Name Engine Load ft
66. Discrete Route Additional Reservation Time s Route Additional Release Time s Performance on Time Performance delayed Entry Speed km h Output Offset m Figure 117 Short circuit course configuration in OpenTrack In the OpenPowerNet Project File we need to add a new attribute to the engine lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz constantVoltage V 0 The new attribute to simulate short circuits Other attributes will be ignored by OpenPowerNet brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt For the short circuit simulation we want the short circuit current at the substation for the protection settings In this tutorial we use only TSS_5 and power off TSS_80 by opening the switches at transformer T1 in TSS_80 We only need to change the default state for the switches TSS 80 T1 OCS andTSS 80 Tl Rails from close to open After we have done all the amendments in the Project File for the short circuit simulation we run again the simulation only with course short circuit Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 121 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 5
67. Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 165 The pantograph voltage of course ABCs_02 with constant engine auxiliary power sim 26 and constant auxiliary resistance sim 27 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 166 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet gt Issue 2014 11 05 Page 167 of 232 User Manual P_aux f t 140 P kW 0 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 Sim 28 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 25 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 166 The auxiliary power of course ABCs_02 without engine auxiliary power sim 25 and with constant auxiliary power while braking sim 28 In simulation 25 the model with constant auxiliary power while braking is used We can identify the two time periods while braking and see the 100 kW additional to the 30 kW from the trailer auxiliary power P_aux f t 140 P kW 0 i i 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 Sim 29 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 27 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 167 The auxiliary power of course ABCs_02 with constant engine auxiliary resistance sim 27 and with constant auxiliary resistance while braking sim 29 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 167 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNe
68. File for a specific simulation This file uses the file extension sel General Analysis configuration is done via preferences see chapter 4 3 1 To create a new Selection File use the context menu in the Project Explorer and select New gt Analysis Selection File and follow the wizard amp Project Explorer 52 History Tutorial a 01_AC Network a amp OPNData 3 Engine Filexmi E Projef New gt T Project E Projel B Proje Open EB Analysis Selection File wel Open With File B Projel B Copy are SS Folder 2 Switel paste Ctrl V F Example OTData OTDocur Delete Delete T Other cen amp OTOutpd Move p amp 02 Booster Rename R SWLACNEN nor amp 04_DC_Netw EI MPO amp 05 Storage A Export amp 06_VLD E gt 07 Engine ME eee 5 amp 08_Network Validate E OT preferent Tears 5 Compare With gt Replace With gt Convert OPN Project file for Viewer to ui Start OpenPowerNet P jump file into database Alt Enter Figure 77 Create new Selection File from context menu The Selection File can be edited in offline and online mode The offline mode uses a Project File to create the model for selecting the output For this select a Project File via the Browse button in the offline mode group The online mode uses an existing simulation to create the model output selection To select a simulation change the editing mode from offline to online select an OD
69. For the default configuration we want to compare some diagrams to see the difference between the two systems First we want to compare the line voltage at the pantograph Please see Figure 109 from AC network and Figure 129 from 2AC network IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 134 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 135 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 28000 7 27500 26500 26000 25500 25000 24500 4 Yogen bssssssssosus eee nn Er beeen PT i l 24000 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Figure 129 The line voltage at pantograph position for the default configuration of the 2AC network versus chainage We can see that the line voltage at the pantograph is much lower than for the AC network but still sufficient as the minimum is just below the nominal voltage F f s 300 0 200 0 100 0 7 0 0 F kN 100 0 7 200 0 300 0 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km F_requested kN Sim 1 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 F_achieved kN Sim 1 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 F_requested kN Sim 7 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 F_achieved kN Sim 7 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 130 The requ
70. Graphical User Interface OpenPowerNet has a Graphical User Interface GUI to provide an easy to use interface to the user It provides a project explorer as a tree with folders and files The user can start and stop OpenPowerNet do database tasks and start the analysis tools Furthermore the GUI provides the PSC Viewer The PSC Viewer creates a graphical representation of the electrical network configured in the Project File All descriptions related to the GUI are available in the Help System The Help System is available by menu Help gt Help Contents and contains GUI specific help topics under Workbench User Guide Via the integrated update system available at menu Help gt Software Updates new OpenPowerNet versions and additional plugins can be installed into the GUI Please see the integrated Help System for detailed information Workbench User Guide gt Tasks Updating and installing software h OPN Test 20_User_Manual Tutorial 01_AC_Network OPNData Project File 6 2 3 1 xml OpenPowerNet ey Eile Edit Navigate Search Project OpenPowerNet Design Window Help rie TLEER 88 K RO Briroror Quick Access ns oon amp Project Explorer X 5 X Project File 6 2 3 1 xml 5 m as me 5 Test Node Content 2 xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 4 E OpenPowerNet xminsixsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance f xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas 1 5 0 OpenPowerNet xsd name Tutorial
71. Graphical User Interface HTML Hyper Text Markup Language OCS Overhead Catenary System ODBC Open Database Connection OPN OpenPowerNet PSC Power Supply Calculation RailML Railway Markup Language RMS Root Mean Square TRLPC Time Rated Load Periods Curve see chapter 6 16 VLD Voltage Limiting Device XML Extensible Markup Language IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 7 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 7 74 3penPowerNet L gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 8 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 1 4 How to read this Document This document uses snippets of XML The XML is highlighted by the following text format code XML XML XML XML XML The marked in marked in marked in marked in evaluated green has to correspond with data in OpenTrack red is required by OpenPowerNet light orange is optional dark green is an id reference between the TypeDefs and Project File by OpenPowerNet is marked in bold and may be mixed with the colours above blue attributes are not required by OpenPowerNet but by the corresponding schema and have no effect on the simulation Any other XML is just black IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 8 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 9 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 2 Simulation Philosophy OPENSTR position effort speed OpenPowerNet
72. ID of all edges e Specify power supply areas matching the electrical networks not needed if there is only one power supply system It is helpful to prevent unnecessary changes in chainage or line and track IDs during creation of the OpenTrack model to simplify the electrical network model If there are engines with same OpenTrack input data but different electrical parameters for the same catenary system these engines have to be handled separately A multi system traction unit can be handled as a single engine though Phase insulation gaps or voltage free areas should get power off and power on signals in OpenTrack The turnouts in OpenTrack have to use a 1m edge for each direction This is to get a correct match of the locations in the OpenTrack infrastructure model and the OpenPowerNet electrical network model The standard track occupation reserves the main and branch edge together As the constraint is to use a 1m edge the standard occupation is as in the upper part of Figure 34 The occupation can be extended by merging elements For this select the edges to be merged and select Merge Elements from OpenTrack Menu Functions im im Hi B Efe j ja E without merged elements a l H Dl a Bl with merged elements iti l Figure 34 The modelling of turnouts in OpenTrack respecting a OpenPowerNet model constraint IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 51 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt sp
73. IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 201 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 202 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The conductor configuration for track 3 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 20 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x_m 20 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 3 km
74. Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 213 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt lt Vehicles gt lt Options tolerance A 0 1 maxIterations 1000 record2DB true gt lt ATM gt lt PSC gt lt Network name A C use true voltage _kV 25 frequency Hz 50 recordVoltage true recordCurrent true gt lt Lines gt lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt The configuration of the conductors lt Conductors gt The conductors for track 1 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm _ km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 0 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty t
75. Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 75 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 operators type of trains or any arbitrary selection by using the courses specified in the Project File see Figure 61 The attribute courseID corresponds with the course ID in OpenTrack The consumed energy of not specified courses is summarised for a Train Operating Company with the name unknown Therefore it is not advised to name a Train Operating Company unknown 4 4 7 10 Data Recording Besides the configuration of the engine model network and operating company it is necessary to define recording of simulation results To record data to the database the connection properties need to be set The configuration of recording is structured hierarchical The attributes in element OpenPowerNet are at the highest level and define the general recording behaviour see XML snippet below lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Tutorial AC Network comment failure scenario maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 dbUser opndbusr The database user name dbPasswd xxxx The database user password if required odbcDsn pscresults The DSN name this is the name specified as ODBC data source name record2DB true Whether to record data to database or not default is false record2DB Dump false rstFile Engine File x
76. Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 7 1 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 7 1 1 2 1 Engine File As the basis for the Engine File we use the one from the AC tutorial As we want to have a power factor depending on the line voltage we need to specify the detailed curve see the XML snippet below lt fourQuadrantChopper typeStr FOC 1 gt lt phi gt lt valueTable xValueName LineVoltage xValueUnit V yValueName Phi yValueUnit Deg gt lt valueLine xValue 0 0 gt lt values yValue 5 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 24000 0 gt lt values yValue 5 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 25000 0 gt lt values yValue 0 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt lt phi gt lt fourQuadrantChopper gt 5 7 1 1 2 2 Project File We will amend the Project File from AC tutorial in chapter 5 1 1 2 2 The four quadrant chopper model has to be defined in the Project File see XML snippet below lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi Phi f u This value need to be set to use the power factor depending on line voltage regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Furthermore we need to set the Switch File same as for the failure s
77. OPN_ Projects examples Sample1 Sample Network xml D OPN OPN_Projects examples Samplel Sample Network xml ui working directory D OPN_WorkingDir_Eclipse load PSC project file D OPN OPN_Projects examples Samplel Sample Network xml The information at the console will look something like this generate XMI for Viewer input D OPN OPN Projects examples Samplel Sample Network xml output D OPN OPN Projects examples Samplel Sample Network xml ui working directory D OPN WorkingDir Eclipse load PSC project file D OPN OPN Projects examples Samplel Sample Network xml generate XML elements Network done 2 Substation done 5 Node done 562 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 18 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 19 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Switch done 20 Line done 314 Conductor done 491 Track done 4 Connector done 410 generate references Line done Slice done Conductor done Track done Node done Connector done normalise 3127 nodes skipped 84 SSS ae don g nerat XMI generating done in 3 391s IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 19 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PH OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 20 of 232 User Manual Is
78. PmaxLoad_kW 4000 PmaxUnload_kW 200 ImaxLoad_A 1000 efficiencyLoad_ percent 90 efficiencyUnload_ percent 95 meanEfficiency percent 90 gt lt storage gt 5 7 11 1 2 2 Project File The Project File is copied from the DC tutorial and adapted for the engine propulsion model The engine energy storage shall be modelled for charging as saver higher priority of charging then recovering and discharging as traction ratio See chapter 4 4 7 2 on page 60 for the detailed description of engine energy storage lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Tutorial Engine Storage The project name should be changed as well as the comment saver 50kW comment to distinguish this simulation maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB Dump false rstFile Engine File xml simulationStart_s 3600 gt lt ATM gt lt Vehicles gt lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply DC 3000V brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort This has to be changed tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort retryRecovery true This and recoveryMode U source gt this attributes are added lt MeanEfficiency gt lt P
79. Position km 72 trackID 1 condName MW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 72 trackID 1 condName RF gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 76 trackID 1 condName CW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 76 trackID 1 condName MW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 76 trackID 1 condName RF gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Isolators gt We will add two substations each with one booster transformer lt Substation name BT 72 000 gt lt Boostertransformer name BT loadLosses_kW 2 noLoadCurrent_A 7 0 noLoadLosses_kW 0 6 nomPower_MVA 0 158 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 0 316 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 0 316 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 11 gt lt Primary1BB bbName CW z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 000 gt lt Primary2BB bbName CW z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 000 gt lt Secondary1BB bbName RF z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 000 gt lt Secondary2BB bbName RF z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 000 gt lt Boostertransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName CW gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 001 gt lt Position km 72 000 trackID 1 condName CW_BT lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt OCSBB bbName CW gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 001 gt l
80. ReturnFeeder Earth unknown nv 4 m Figure 8 The OpenPowerNet included XML editor with editing support 3 3 PSC Viewer The PSC Viewer is a tool to display the electrical networks of OpenPowerNet project files in a graphical way This tool is not able to edit project files node a node connects conductors and connectors hone J between two nodes current amp voltage no power supply is available at this conductor between two nodes D uren amp voltage conductor isolator between two nodes standard close conductor switch with actual state current amp voltage close Oeren ander close conductor switch with actual state current open standard open conductor switch with actual state current amp voltage open DMJ 2014 11 05 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 15 of 232 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 16 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 standard open conductor switch with actual state current plese connectors between two nodes current amp voltage no power supply is available at this connector between two nodes standard close connector switch with actual state current amp voltage loss hone standard close connector switch with actual state open standard open connector switch with actual state current amp voltage open Kane standard open connector switch with actual state close TSS_O1 substation with name TSS_01 and nodes from
81. T1_OCS gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name TSS 80 gt _Rails gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name TSS _ 80 _T1_OCS gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name TSS _80 T1 _Rails gt lt SwitchSetting gt lt TPD gt lt ADE gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 113 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 114 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 1 2 Simulation For the simulation it is advised to backup the database in case you want to keep old simulation data and then to create a new empty database via the GUI just select create new database from the OpenPowerNet menu Next is to start the OpenPowerNet modules via the GUI Select the Project File and then Start OpenPowerNet from the context menu see Figure 106 tiv CE Ji KEFA I K 5 5 Bor amp Project Explorer 3 el m a opn Gm selection Gm support 4 Gm Tutorial 4 amp 01_AC_Network a amp OPNData X Engine Filexml W Project File 1 3 7 X Project File 1 3 4 New a X Project File 1 3 4 Open X Project File 1 3 3 P Project File 134 Open With A Project File 3 3 3 Copy ae X Switch Filexmi en Ctrl V amp OTData amp OTDocuments Delete Deere amp OTOutput Move amp 02 Booster Rename F2 amp 03_2AC_Network amp 04_DC_Network s Import 05_Storage t Export amp 06 VLD amp
82. TSS_5 Feeder 4 Device 4 Aggregation 4 B Substation TSS_80 File production mode single x Tutorial AC Network General Lines 0 Connectors 0 Substations 18 Magnetic Field 0 Currents 0 Voltages 0 L Figure 81 The dialog to select the substations and the charts to be generated On the left side all substations are available from a tree view On the right side are the file production chooser and the table with selected substation chart types IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 89 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 90 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The file production mode controls the number of files and their content This is useful for large simulations to reduce the file size of a single file The following modes are available e single one single file per substation containing all charts e busbar amp device amp overview separate files for busbar feeder device and overview is generated per substation e by item a separate file per item and substation is generated an item is a single busbar a single device and overview The chart types to generate for each substation may be selected using the checkboxes on the right The rows are hierarchical from project blue row via network green row to individual substations The following chart types are available
83. Time Rated Load Periods Curve TRLPC 232 6 17 What is the mean voltage at pantograph Umean useful 232 6 18 Any other questions an 232 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 6 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet TU ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 7 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 1 Introduction 1 1 Overview The purpose of this document is to describe the usage of the OpenPowerNet software It explains how to configure the software build the model run and analyse simulations This document corresponds to OpenPowerNet release 1 5 3 Some of the used package names are brand names registered by companies other than IFB Please refer to the license descriptions coming with that software packages 1 2 Versions OpenPowerNet requires the following versions of associated applications Additionally the OpenPowerNet software and documentation have their own version Analysis Tool 1 5 3 Installation Instruction 1 5 3 MariaDB 5 5 30 MySQL ODBC driver 5 2 5 OpenPowerNet 1 5 3 OpenTrack 1 7 5 2014 10 21 OPN Database 18 RailML Rolling Stock Schema 1 03 0PN 3 1 3 Acronyms and abbreviations The following abbreviations are used within this document ATM Advanced Train Model CD Compact Disk CDF Cumulative Distribution Function DSN Data Source Name GUI
84. a wizard lt XML w Create a new XML file Create a new XML file li x ID Wizards Enter or select the parent folder type filter text W Test General i amp OpenPowerNet gt 4 XML E Test DY DTD File BT XM File File name is XML Schema File lt Back Next gt Einish Cancel lt Back Next gt Cancel L d Figure 5 Create XML File new wizard step one and two r K Then click next and choose Create XML file from an XML schema file next and choose Select XML Catalog entry and select a schema depending on the file you want to create see chapter 6 13 to see the listing of XML File and corresponding XML Schema IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 13 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Mh Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 14 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Back Next gt a Gee RB hla 5 New XML File Ela G5 New xv Fite ee Create XML File From 1 a eee lie s 3 Y Select how you would like to create your XML file ii x SSE ae een ne I SIEHE UNE AAN UX uz Select file from Workspace Select XML Catalog entry XML Catalog Create XML file from an XML template un all Key S http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd 4 m r lt Back Cancel L Figure 6 Create XML Fi
85. are compressed and saved to the system During simulation these compressed matrices are used for the corresponding simulation time step 3 11 Analysis Tool OpenPowerNet has a comprehensive analysis tool to create Excel diagrams in an easy standardised and efficient way This tool provides the automatic analysis of voltages as well as currents and calculates the magnetic field as main functionality A detailed description is available in chapter 4 6 3 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 32 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 LA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 33 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 OpenPowerNet handling The configuration of the runtime environment usually has to be done once using the GUI see the following chapter and the Help System for details The general usage of OpenPowerNet consists of three main tasks configuration simulation and visualisation see Figure 2 First the modelling files for the electrical network engines and switch states have to be prepared in correspondence with the operational files of OpenTrack This is probably the most extensive job The second task is running the simulation in co simulation with OpenTrack The third task is the visualisation and analysis of the resulting simulation data 4 1 Folder structure It is advised to always use the same folder structure for all simulations as it helps to keep order In principle each simula
86. at km 45 000 see Figure 138 Furthermore we will analyse and compare two configurations of energy storage and use the courses with short trains 5 5 1 Configuration 5 5 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 5 5 1 2 OpenPowerNet For OpenPowerNet we need to add a substation with energy storage at km45 000 to the Project File The Engine File does not need to be changed 5 5 1 2 1 Engine File We will use the same engine as for DC Network tutorial and therefore we do not need to change the Engine File 5 5 1 2 2 Project File As the base of this Project File we will use the Project File of the DC network and add a substation with an energy storage at km 45 000 We will define two kinds of energy storage One with 400A and one with 200A load and unload current limitation The energy storage shall have the following characteristic e Maximum load of 85kWh e Initial load of 85kWh e Losses of the energy storage of 100W IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 146 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 147 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e Internal resistance of 5mQ e Maximum load current is limited to 400A resp 200A e Maximum unload current is limited to 400A resp 200A and e Nominal Voltage of 2800V See the XML snippet with the substation configuration lt Substa
87. condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 9 25 y m 0 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y
88. current amp voltage m power supply Table 2 PSC Viewer icon description The diagram generation is a multiple step process 1 Select a OpenPowerNet Project File in the Project Explorer L Project Explorer 3 Eee ley gt projects cvs dd bahntechnik de Ey AC ley DC ey examples y Samplei H E OTData H E OTDocuments 5 B Sample_RST xml 1 1 SingleLine H E Lib IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 16 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 17 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 2 Click the right mouse button and select Convert OPN Project file for Viewer to ui aereis ERIN Si eae eee ere tee gt OPN_Projects cvs dd bahntechnik de Gh 518310_5ZU_Umstromung H E gt AC Ey DC Gy gt examples Gy gt Samplei Gy OTData 4 Gy OTDocuments Gy OTOutput ay gt Sample_Network xml 1 3 B gt Sample_RST xml 1 1 New Er gt SingleLine Open 3 gt Storage_simple Open with gt Gy Lib E APserver_log txt EB Copy Ctrl C E ATM_log txt a PSC_log txt X Delete Delete Move Rename F2 g Import e Export Refresh F5 Run s 12 Debug As Profile As gt Team 2 Compare With le Replace With gt Xf Start OpenPowerNet tT Upload dump file into database Convert OPN Project file for Viewer to ui Properties Alt Enter 3 The Wizard opens change the container and
89. down the modules APserver ATM PSC after the simulation or not IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 35 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 74 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 36 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3 2 Analysis EB E Preferences type filter text Analysis pam vv G 2 z a Analysis properties Install Update Prepared Excel files options Model Validation 1 Excel executable C Program Files x86 Microsoft Office Officel2 EXCEL EXE Browse 7 pe ronal Automatic Analysis options Analysis a 2 Preset file Browse Selection Editor APserver 3 Default preset language English Ne ATM 7 i Debug 4 Footer logo 150px x 60px Browse Notification 5 Output directory C Users jacob OpenPowerNet Analysis Browse OpenTrack psc 6 Overwrite generated files PSC Viewer 7 Data storage type hard disc drive HDD z PSC Viewer Diagram Team Validation XML Restore Defaults Apply Figure 23 General configuration Analysis preferences page IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Defining the Excel to be used to open the prepared Excel tools for analysis The preset file to be used during the automatic analysis If blank the default preset is used The language of the default preset either English or Portuguese or Traditional Chinese This option is only editable if licensed The logo file to be
90. embedded into the right footer of the generated diagrams of size 150px x 60px as GIF or EMF file The output directory of the automatic analysis All generated files will be saved in sub folders of the defined directory Whether to overwrite existing output files or not If not selected the generated files will append a time step string if a file with default name already exists The database data directory data storage type to select The data directory is defined in the database configuration file my ini by parameter datadir The Analysis is optimised for storage type hard disc drive HDD and solid state disc SSD to speed up the analysis process Page 36 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet ww Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 37 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Preferences type filter text General Help Install Update Model Validation 4 OpenPowerNet 4 Analysis Selection Editor APserver ATM Debug Notification OpenTrack PSC Team Validation XML Selection Editor Analysis Selection Editor default properties Magnetic field cross section display options 1 E Show earth conductor 2 V Show track name 3 F Show line from track name to each conductor Restore Defaults Apply Figure 24 General configuration Analysis Selection Editor preferences page These preferences define the default behaviour of the Selectio
91. gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt lt Leakages gt The leakage configuration for track 1 lt Leakage firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt The leakage configuration for track 2 lt Leakage firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 204 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet O 7 4 hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 205 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal_ S km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt After the configuration of the conductors for both lines and all tracks the electrical connection between the lines and tracks shall be configured The electrical connection of track 1 and 3 at km 9 650 lt Connectors gt lt Connector name MW track 1 3 km 9 650
92. gt lt OpenPowerNet gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 216 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 217 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 RR Figure 201 The correct OpenPowerNet network configuration lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Network Tutorial Loop comment correct maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB Dump false rstFile Engine File xml simulationStart_s 3600 gt lt ATM gt lt Vehicles gt lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt lt Vehicles gt lt Options tolerance A 0 1 maxIterations 1000 record2DB true gt lt ATM gt lt PSC gt lt Network name A C use true voltage _kV 25 frequency Hz 50 recordVoltage true recordCurrent true gt lt Lines gt lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt The configuration of the conductors lt C
93. low voltage is compensated by discharging of the energy storage E f t 100 00 80 00 60 00 40 00 SEER E a ee ere oe BEE e E kWh 20 00 a EEE se ncconnnnnncenadnnnnaaacannnanend Ian 0 00 20 00 T gt 2 Brass rssesn sss i Sarannmmannnnn Fam N H 4 EEEE i NEEE TE STE 40 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 E used kWh E_stored kWh E_losses kWh Figure 176 The energy allocation of the energy storage The energy stored E_stored into the storage is consumed by losses E_losses and by discharging E_used The not consumed energy is still available in the storage IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 179 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 180 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 Network Model Tutorials In the following tutorials we will focus on advanced network configuration 5 8 1 Substations Tutorial In this tutorial we will create a substation with two transformers Each transformer shall have a busbar and connectors between them The substation shall be same as in Figure 177 but with two winding transformers The infeeds shall be at km 5 000 and km 6 000 At 1 04 30 one transformer shall be disconnected and at 1 05 00 the other shall feed the left an
94. lt efficiency gt lt transformer gt lt fourQuadrantChopper typeStr gt lt efficiency gt lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h The speed and yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit 1 gt the efficiency unit lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 95 lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 0 97 lt valueTable gt lt efficiency gt lt fourQuadrantChopper gt lt tractionInverter typeStr gt lt efficiency gt lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h The speed and yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit 1 gt the efficiency unit lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 88 lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 0 95 lt valueLine xValue 60 gt lt values yValue 0 99 lt valueLine xValue 250 gt lt values yValue 0 98 lt valueTable gt lt efficiency gt lt tractionInverter gt lt tractionMotor typeStr gt lt efficiency gt lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h The speed yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit 1 gt the efficiency and zValueName Effort zValueUnit kN gt the effort unit yValue 0 9 gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt gt lt valueLine gt We want to use the same efficiency for any traction force the
95. lt SpenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 111 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 85 4 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt lt Lines gt To model the electrical connection between the two tracks we have two ways to do so First we could define a slice or second we could define connectors between lines or the same line In our example we will use the second way The electrical model will be the same These are just two different ways to define the same connectors The following XML snippet defines the electrical connection between track 1 and 2 lt Connectors gt The 4 connectors for messenger wire contact wire and both rails at the BEGINNING of track 1 follow lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt
96. matrix used for network calculation in module PSC This number is calculated for each matrix created and displayed in the OPN PSC message console An error respective a warning is displayed in case the condition number is too bad In general one can say the condition number gets better the less the resistances in an electrical network deviate 6 16 What is the Time Rated Load Periods Curve TRLPC The Time Rated Load Periods Curve shows the maximum or minimum of a set of varying window size averages where the window time duration is defined by the x axis value 6 17 What is the mean voltage at pantograph U mean useful The mean voltage at pantograph Umean usefu Which may be found in the vehicle overview output of OpenPowerNet as value Umu is the mean value of all pantograph voltages found during the simulation as specified in EN 50388 2012 It shall provide an indication of the quality of the power supply There is a value for a geographical zone which can be found in row Total It is calculated out of all pantograph voltages found for the whole network during the simulation time scope To calculate per train the values only timesteps with traction load inside the network and simulation time scope are taken into account 6 18 Any other questions For any other question please contact the OpenPowerNet support team via support openpowernet de END OF DOCUMENT IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 232 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05
97. name red gt lt Item gt lt Item name Station title Station style marker weight 2 5 legend false label true gt The marker for stations lt Color name black gt lt MarkerStyle name square gt lt Item gt lt ChartType gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 99 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O 74 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 100 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Pantograph Voltage Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 0 000 to 85 400 01 00 00 0 01 48 55 0 T T E E i i 30 000 3 3 ig 8 f 27 500 SE ESEE eR Ce eva see re nn je 25 000 Jeres PFESEWEREITSERERUEETEREITERUNESERSERDE Pee ek Fr Ee Tee oe OFT Pee ee ee Ove Pence Per See eee ee Pee Stee WIN eee ee eee os ee v gt 22 500 20 000 RER REES URAN REES E AEE E E RIEDEL EA A A EE 17 500 _ _ _ zei _ bE i ts poi g 15 000 e z a 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 Position km U_min_1_Panto U_min_1_cw U_mean_1_CW U_min_2_Panto U_min_2_Cw U_mean_2_CW Infeed Uno ge U_tol EN 50163 Figure 96 Example output for chart type U_Panto f s as defined in the XML snippet above attributes rms i zans h i 1 41 0 0
98. of the course the excessive energy is regenerated into the electrical network see Figure 15 8000 7000 6000 5000 4000 kw 3000 2000 1000 Drive Recovery kW E Eddy Power kW O Auxiliary Power kW Total Recovery kW Figure 15 Brake power calculation deducts power used by eddy current brake and auxiliary from recovered power IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 29 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 30 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 3 10 Power Supply Calculation The PSC calculates the load flows within the electrical network including voltages and currents The network calculation uses the current required by a course to model this course as a current source During simulation this current source is inserted at discrete positions while driving along the line These discrete positions are called slices see Figure 16 Slice 0 Slice 1 Slice 2 Negative Feeder Conductor Connector Section Position Xo X x Figure 16 Abstract electrical network model of PSC A reasonable slice distance should be about 50m up to 400m depending on the size of the network the length and number of conductors and the typical speed of the courses If the applied slice distance is too large the network model gets inexact and if it is too small the numbe
99. r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 7 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 213 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 214 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20 Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient o x m 0 y m 450 o gt lt Conductor gt lt Conduct
100. request at time step 1 starts the network calculation with all known courses from time step 0 Next the line voltage at course position is forwarded to ATM and the achieved effort is calculated and sent to OpenTrack All other courses follow the same procedure as course 1 but no network calculation will take place In general at the beginning of each time step the voltages of the electrical network with the known course positions and requested efforts of the previous time step are calculated Iteration between ATM and PSC takes place and is terminated in case each node voltage changes less as a configured threshold e g 1V ATM calculates the current according to the line voltage simulated by PSC and PSC calculates the line voltage considering the currents used by courses Each course is handled as a current source in the electrical network IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 9 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 10 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 2 1 Model Specifics The following model specifics shall be considered during model configuration and analysis e The electromagnetic coupling for AC systems is calculated by the software e Distributed engines within trains are modelled according to the train configuration in OpenTrack minimum OpenTrack version is 1 6 5 2011 05 24 e In case of two modelled rails for one track both rails will hav
101. shall have a switch to enable us to disconnect the transformer during the failure scenario lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_ BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt The connection to the rail busbar including switch lt Switch name TSS_5 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt Below is the definition of the busbars and the feeder cables from the busbars to the line lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS 5_OCS Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName Cw lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name TSS 5 Rails Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt Below is the substation at km 80 000 same as the one at km 5 000 lt Substation name TSS_80 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_80_T1_OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_80 Bai _Rails
102. simulation specific configuration done via the Project Engine Switch and TypeDefs Files see chapter 4 4 4 3 1 General The general configuration is accessible via the GUI menu Window gt Preferences IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 34 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 penPowerNet D gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 35 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 E Ep Preferences type filter text General Help Install Update Model Validation 4 OpenPowerNet Analysis APserver ATM Debug Notification OpenTrack PSC Team Validation XML OpenPowerNet General OpenPowerNet properties 1 GUI language restart required English v 2 Maximum lines per console 3000 3 Working directory C Users jacob OpenPowerNet 4 Dongle ID leave blank if any separate multiple with 5 Shutdown OPN modules after simulation E Restore Defaults Apply Figure 22 General configuration OpenPowerNet preferences page 1 Choosing the GUI language either English or Portuguese or Traditional Chinese This option is only editable if licensed 2 The maximum number of lines in the message console 3 The working directory used during the simulation and analysis to store temporary files 4 To define a specific dongle to be used by this OpenPowerNet installation If blank any suitable key found in the network is used 5 Whether to shut
103. the following way is suggested In dependency of the fundamental frequency the expected current shall be assumed In case of rating purposes the maximum values of the specific parameters shall be selected In dependency of the assumed current the parameters for the specific resistance and reactance can be selected The value of the specific resistance can be used as input parameter R for the rails directly Based on the selected reactance value the equivalent radius can be calculated as below X _ 1000 f 1000 e For different values of specific reactance and frequency the equivalent radius is given in Table 24 0 04 148 67 0 05 92 31 0 06 57 32 0 07 35 59 0 08 22 10 279 92 346 10 0 09 13 72 238 74 303 11 0 10 8 52 203 61 265 46 0 11 5 29 173 65 232 49 0 12 3 29 148 10 203 61 0 13 126 31 178 32 0 14 107 73 156 17 0 15 91 88 136 77 0 16 78 36 119 78 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 228 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 229 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 0 17 66 83 104 91 0 18 57 00 91 88 0 19 48 61 80 46 0 20 41 46 70 47 0 21 35 36 61 72 0 22 30 15 54 05 0 23 47 34 0 24 41 46 0 25 36 31 Table 24 Equivalent radius for a selected specific reactance and frequency 6 5 How to model Earth Conductor The earth conductor model
104. the tractive effort model is defined by maximum power and maximum tractive effort The efficiency of the engine shall be modelled as mean efficiency As we want to record data to the database set the simulation option for module ATM For the internal ATM iteration we need to define the maximum allowed current tolerance between the iteration steps and a maximum number of allowed iterations After the definition of engines we will define the electrical network The electrical network shall have two substations One is at km 5 00 and the other at km 80 000 Each substation has one transformer one feeder from busbar to the contact wire and one to the rails for the return current We will define a messenger wire a contact wire and two rails for each track The model shall also contain the connectors between the messenger wire and contact wire as well as between the rails Furthermore we will define a conductor modelling the earth The origin of the cross section ordinates is defined in the middle of track 1 at a height of the rails Let s start to define the network model step by step First the network parameter lt Network name A C use true voltage _kv 25 frequency Hz 50 recordVoltage true recordCurrent true gt We have to set a network name and to tell OpenPowerNet that we want to use this network in the simulation As we want to record voltages and currents we have to set the last two attributes of the above XML snippet
105. this to use regenerative braking tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt Use this element to specify the efficiency model in the second simulation by replacing this element with lt EfficiencyTable gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 9 2 Simulation We will do two simulations to be able to compare the mean efficiency with the table efficiency model and using the long trains only Run both simulations e Do everything as described above and run the simulation e Replace lt MeanEfficiency gt with lt EfficiencyTable gt give a meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 9 3 Analysis We use Excel tool Compare Two Engines to compare the simulation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 172 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 173 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 etha f v 100 7 80 4 60 4 a sense nase 1SSgee en ee se sn EasssaebEr see Seren sussgEns deu sense ss Srgsspese spe ssens a E 1 a etha 0 f BI a Bon 40 F a CR RR e o gt R gt 100 0 50 100 150 200 250
106. to Figure 13 The position where the data shall be inserted into the Engine File is described by X Path which is similar to a path of the file system XML elements can be understood as folders and XML attributes as files containing the data A path to an attribute contains an as prefix of the attribute name Below is an example Engine File with one engine equipped with one propulsion system Note the colour code is explained in chapter 1 4 lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt railml xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas rollingstock xsd gt lt rollingstock rollingstockID version 110 gt lt vehicles gt lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt lt vehicles gt lt rollingstock gt lt railml gt engine ID required vehiclelD engine type _ required engine propulsion engine transmission required engine propulsion transmission supply required engine propulsion supply power angle none mean engine propulsion fourQuadrantChopper meanPhi
107. to be displayed in the prepared diagrams IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 79 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 80 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 En MySQL Connector ODBC Data Source Configuration N N Connector ODBC Description TCP IP Server Named Pipe User Password Figure 66 DSN configuration 4 6 2 User defined Excel Files All simulation results are stored in a database For visualisation the data can be transferred into a custom Excel table sheet via external data exchange see and follow the instructions below from Figure 67 to Figure 75 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 80 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 7 4 penPowerNet JE Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 81 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 s Ox gt Start Einfugen Seitenlayout Formein Daten Aus Ausdem Aus Access Web Text t Von SQL Server Erstellt eine Verbindung mit einer SQL Server Tabelle Importieren Sie X berpr fen Ansicht En i Ei amp Verbindungen Af Eigenschaften Vorhandene Alle n Verbindungen aktualisieren Verkn pfungen bearbeiten PN N gt Daten in Excel als Tabelle oder PivotTable Bericht Von Analysis Services u Erstellt eine Verbindung mit einem SQL Server Analysis Services Cube Importieren Sie Daten in E
108. to true Next is to define a line explanations added as black bold text into the XML snippet lt Lines gt lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 1 gt The line name has to correspond with our OpenTrack infrastructure and the maximum slice distance shall be 1000m While defining the electrical network consider the magnetic coupling is always calculated only between conductors of the same line lt Conductors gt Now conductors for track 1 follow lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 0 gt This conductor starts at km 0 000 lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt The end of the conductor is at the end of the track at km 85 400 The equivalent radius resistance at 20 C and temperature coefficient shall be as defined The messenger wire is located in the middle of track 1 in a height of 6 9m lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x_m 0 y m 5 3 gt Same as above except the height of the contact wire is set to 5 3m so we have a system height of 1 6m lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 g
109. track e _Leakage f s The current between any conductors and a reference in amps per meter As reference any conductor is allowed but should be one per line or one for each track The table provides the following item cell selection EEE Only the maximum values of all time steps EEE Only the minimum values of all time steps e v The minimum and maximum values of all time steps as separate chart series o amp Only the average values arithmetic mean of all time steps e v The minimum and average values of all time steps as separate chart series e The maximum and average values of all time steps as separate chart series WEHR The reference conductor e n a respectively blank The item is not selected The button Delete Rows deletes the selected rows The button Autofill Rows suggests a selection for the visible items of the actual selected rows according to its chart type The first suitable reference item of the track or line will be preselected IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 88 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 89 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 6 3 2 Connectors The Connectors group provides charts for connectors specified in the Project File under XML element OpenPowerNet PSC Network Connectors Selectable chart types are e U f t The voltage between both ends of the connector and
110. use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes 5 7 4 1 2 OpenPowerNet 3 7 4 1 2 1 Engine File As the basis we use the Engine File from the AC tutorial We need only to set the values for max brake effort and max brake power see the XML snippet below lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 maxBrakeEffort 250 These maxBrakePower 5560 these and maxRecoveryVoltage 29000 gt these values need to be set lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt 3 7 4 1 2 2 Project File As the basis we use the Project File from the AC tutorial The regenerative effort model has to be specified We want to use the maxPower maxEffort model A table same as for the tractive effort described in chapter 0 is also available lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort These property need to be set tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set the r
111. valueTable xValueName Line Voltage xValueUnit V yValueName Current yValueUnit A gt lt valueLine xValue 0 0 gt lt values yValue 50 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt lt brakeCurrentLimitation gt lt propulsion gt As the limit shall be 50A for any line voltage in this turorial we only need to specify the 50A by a single table value e g at OV OpenPowerNet will automatically use the nearest valid table value for voltage values out of range It would be possible to create a voltage dependent current limitation function here of course 3 7 5 1 2 2 Project File We will take the Project File from the regenerative braking tutorial of chapter 5 7 4 as the basis Only the brakeCurrentLimitation attribute need to be changed from none to I f U see the XML snipped below IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 161 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 162 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation I f U These value need to be set tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set the r
112. 0 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Sim 1 Network A C Substation TSS_80 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U OCS_BB Sim 5 Network A C Substation TSS_80 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U OCS_BB Figure 121 The diagram compares the power supplies of the transformer in TSS_80 between the default configuration sim 1 and the failure scenario sim 5 In the diagram above we can see that the transformer in TSS_80 had been switched off from 01 05 00 to 01 22 00 as it was defined in the Switch File IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 125 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 126 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 24000 4 4 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 1 Course CBAI_01 Sim 5 Course CBAI_01 Figure 122 This diagram compares the line voltage for course CBAI_01 of the default configuration Sim 1 and the failure scenario Sim 5 versus the location We can see very well the difference of the line voltage at the pantograph for both simulations f s 300 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km 0 Sim 1 Course CBAI_01 Sim 5 Course CBAI_01 Figure 123 This diagram compares the current for course CBAI_01 of the defaul
113. 00 27000 2 L 150 26800 100 26600 50 26400 i i 26200 4 4 0 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 ULV IA Figure 108 The line voltage and pantograph current versus time for all courses To see the location of the minimum line voltage at pantograph position we use the diagram in sheet U f s see Figure 109 This diagram shows the minimum voltages at km 12 500 and also very well the location of substation TSS_80 by the local voltage maxima at km 80 000 U f s 27600 7 27000 um 26800 7 26400 7 26200 t 1 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Figure 109 The line voltage at pantograph versus chainage for all courses Next we will use the Excel File Engine xlsx This is available at menu OpenPowerNet gt Excel tools gt One Engine This file provides diagrams of the pantograph current and IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 116 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 117 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 voltage versus time and location Very interesting is also the tractive effort versus the location As an example we will use the course ABCI_01 and sheet F f s see Figure 110 F f s F KN 300 0 000 10 000
114. 00 90 000 Figure 126 The line impedance of the AC network configuration without booster transformer seen from TSS_80 Z_abs f s 8 000 7 000 6 000 5 000 p 4 000 7 Z Ohm 3 000 4 2 000 1 000 0 000 60 000 65 000 70 000 75 000 s km 80 000 85 000 90 000 Figure 127 The line impedance of the AC network configuration with booster transformer seen from TSS_80 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 131 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 132 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 3 2AC Network Tutorial In this tutorial we will use the same OpenTrack infrastructure as for the AC Network tutorial and change only the existing Project File for a 2AC electrical network To keep the file of the previous tutorial we create a copy of the Project File 5 3 1 Configuration 5 3 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 5 3 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 3 1 2 1 Engine File We will use the same engine as for AC and therefore we do not need to change the Engine File 5 3 1 2 2 Project File For the 2AC system we change the transformer in TSS_5 to a three winding transformer and change substation TSS_80 to autotransformer station ATS_80 For the negative phase we add a negative feeder from km 5 000 to km 80 000 Firs
115. 002 9002 Server Status Running Start OPN Server Port Default 9004 9004 OPN Server 127 0 0 1 Timeout s 1800 000 M Use OpenPowerNet OPN IV Keep Connection OK Figure 21 OpenPowerNet configuration dialog in OpenTrack Menu Info gt OpenPowerNet Settings The dialog OpenPowerNet Settings is available at menu item Info if OpenTrack exe is started with parameter opn The following properties have to be set e OpenTrack Server Port 9002 default e OPN Server Port 9004 default e OPN Host network IP of the computer running OpenPowerNet e g 127 0 0 1 for localhost for the same computer do not use the string localhost e Timeout in seconds recommended 1800 e Use OpenPowerNet OPN checked e Keep Connection checked Increase the timeout if connection problems with OpenPowerNet appear during simulations with a large amount of iteration steps primarily for large networks if engines are allowed to recover energy to the network but the substations must not recover energy to the national power grid To be able to run OpenTrack and OpenPowerNet together it is necessary to respect the constraints from chapter 4 4 2 besides the OpenPowerNet model constraints in chapter 4 3 1 4 3 Configuration of OpenPowerNet The configuration of OpenPowerNet is divided into two configuration tasks One is the general configuration done via the GUI Preferences see chapter 4 3 1 and the other the
116. 01 05 03 docx Page 58 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 74 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 59 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 1 Engine Model Node Content a E ATM a e Vehicles 4 e Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake true enginelD ExampleEngine 4 E Propulsion Comp engine electric supply AC 15kV 16 2 3Hz regenerativeBrake maxP ower maxEffort vMinRecovery_km_h 5 tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort useAuxPower true brakeCurrentLimitation I f U tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U fourQuadrantChopperPhi Phi f v retryRecovery false E EfficiencyTable 4 e Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation I f U tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U useAuxPower true regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort fourQuadrantChopperPhi Phi f u i 4 e SingleComponent tractionMotor efficiency f v F fourQuadrantChopperkffic efficiency f v tractionInverter meanffficiency gear efficiency f v transformer efficiency f 4 e Storage use true name ExampleStorage loadModel saver unloadModel storage_P_traction_ratio efficiency efficiency f load shareLoad_percent 100 shareUnload_percent 100 initialload_kWh 12 tractionRatio 0 75 4 e Options tolerance_A 01 maxiterations 100 record2DB true Fi
117. 1 Figure 163 The auxiliary power of course ABCs_02 without auxiliaries sim 25 and with constant auxiliary power sim 26 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 165 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 ww Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 166 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 In the diagram above we can see the auxiliary power of the trailers is 30kW and on top of this are the 100 kW of the engine This is in total 130 kW for course ABCs_02 P_aux f t 132 134 pn 127 126 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 Sim 26 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 27 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 164 The auxiliary power of course ABCs_02 with constant engine auxiliary power sim 26 and constant auxiliary resistance sim 27 In Figure 164 we see the constant power and constant resistance auxiliary have about the same values But of course the constant resistance auxiliary has the auxiliary power as a function of the pantograph voltage compare to the pantograph voltage in Figure 165 U f t 27700 27600 27500 27400 27300 upv 27200 27100 27000 26900 26800 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 Sim 26 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 27 Course ABCs_02
118. 1 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 122 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 000 7 3 500 4 3 000 2 500 1 500 7 1008 4 0 500 1 f s 0 000 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 s km 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 _connector kA I_engine kA Figure 118 The short circuit current of substation TSS_5 at km 5 000 versus location The red circle marks the Station B with siding From the diagram above Excel tool Short Circuit Current by Station Feeder I f s we can see the minimum short circuit current between contact wire and rails of substation TSS_5 is about 670A compared to a maximum engine current of 250A from the default scenario see Figure 108 To check the minimum short circuit current we do the same simulation as before but with both substations using Excel tool Short Circuit Current by two Station Feeders I f s Therefore we need to set the default state for the switches TSS 80 Tl OCS and TSS 80 T1 Rails to close and run the simulation again The minimum current is about 2300A see Figure 119 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 122 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 123 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 l f s 4 500 7 4 000
119. 1 oo oe gt 200 0 ger 300 0 50 100 150 200 v km h F_requested kN F_achieved kN Figure 190 The achieved effort of the engines in the DC and AC network 250 In the diagram above we can see the two different effort versus speed characteristics very well The upper curve belongs to the AC and the lower one to the DC propulsion system U I f s 30000 2000 1800 25000 1600 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1400 20000 HL 4 44 44 4444 am Hm 1200 2 15000 1000 5 800 10000 600 400 5000 200 o j 4 4 0 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km uVv Figure 191 The line voltage and current at pantograph of course ABCI_01 Figure 191 shows the curves for voltage and current in both electrical networks The line voltage of the two systems is significantly different and the location of the system change can be seen IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 199 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 200 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 4 Network with Multiple Lines Points and Crossings Tutorial In This tutorial we will create an OpenTrack infrastructure with two lines and multiple points and one crossing For the simulation of the electrical power supply we create a network also with tw
120. 102 The properties of engine Engine in OpenTrack Now we can define trains We will use two types of trains a short and a long train The short train only has one trailer and the long train has 14 trailers with 20t load 25 m length and 30kW auxiliary power see Figure 103 Train Name ti Type Intercity Fast Train Category Category 1 Engines Pos Name Load t Len m 1 Enginet Load ft 75 Len m Trailers 2 Trailer 1 Load t 20 Len m Resistance Equation Rolling Strahl Sauthoff Formula Ns A B T Starting Res NA Curve Roeckl Formula Standard Gauge Trains CN below Speed km h 100 0 Acceleration Train related Settings Max Acceleration m s 2 3 00 7 Max Drawbar Force kN Acc Delay s 0 0 Min Time to hold Speed s Acc Delay at Stop s 0 0 Deceleration Deceleration Function Default Pom Terma pema 0 v max 0 60 Braked Weight Percentage BWP a C1 C2 BWP I Correct Deceleration on Gradients m s 2 e Min Dec m s 2 Default Dec Delay s Ci Ca J Result m s 2 a Max m s 2 above km h Cancel OK Figure 103 The configuration data of train Train short in OpenTrack with one engine and one trailer As we now have trains we are able to define courses and their timetable We will use four courses two from Station A to Station C and tw
121. 14 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 215 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 25 4 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 25 4 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt Track 2 in station A lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 0 450 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 0 450 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt Track 2 in station B lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt lt Lines gt The connect
122. 16 00 Figure 205 The simulation values to course CBAI_01 for the wrong simulation with missing data at 1 15 50 In Figure 205 the values of course CBAI_01 are incomplete because the configuration of OpenTrack infrastructure is not correct respective does not match with the OpenPowerNet positions The course CBAI_01 is approaching station A and changing from track 1 to track 2 at km 0 650 OpenTrack determines the chainage by counting the distance from the last vertex Counting or depends on the direction of the edge and the direction of the course In our case the course pass vertex at km 0 650 and move to track 2 So the actual position is the vertex at km 0 650 minus 9 m this is km 0 641 at track 2 The solution may be to add an additional vertex at the end of track 2 km 0 450 with an edge length of 0 m to vertex km 0 650 at track 1 This is a workaround for this problem but the electrical configuration is still wrong This tutorial shows the very important constraint to always have a current sum of 0 A for all conductors in the same section This means it is not allowed to add connectors parallel to conductors IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 223 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 224 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 6 FAQ 6 1 How to deal with broken chainage In general it is advised to avoid broken chainage There are two diff
123. 179 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 181 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 182 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 First we create the Project File with the wrong configuration The substation TSS_5 shall be adapted and the network shall be split at km 5 100 by adding isolators in the messenger and contact wire First we add the isolators to the line The XML snippet below if nested in the element Line lt Isolators gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 5 1 trackID 1 condName CW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Position km 5 1 trackID 1 condName MW gt lt ConductorIsolator gt lt Isolators gt Next is to add the second transformer to TSS_5 and to add the infeeds lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kv 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS BB 1 The new busbar name z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB_1 The new busbar name z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt
124. 1_ Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS 45 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 45 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name TSS _45 _Rails_Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 45 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt lt Earth condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt Network gt 5 8 3 2 Simulation Run the simulation with long trains only Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 8 3 3 Analysis For analysis we use the Excel tool All Engines and One Engine IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 198 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 199 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 F f v 300 0 7 m m m m m 1 1 s 1 1 200 0 a ve BEE ae es a ee eee ee i m i un N 1 Tanna 100 0 4 ne ne nn ne eee nn nee pee cee ee ETETE PER EE BIRET EIER ic 1 j i 1400 0 4 42 nnn ne dn nn nnn 4444444444444 ne en nn enn nnn o oe
125. 2 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 6 Visualisation 4 6 1 Prepared Excel Files A number of prepared Excel Files for a quick analysis of the simulation data is available via the GUI OpenPowerNet gt Excel tool gt These files are opened in a write protected mode to avoid unmeant overwrite but may be saved with a different name The prepared Excel files utilise the ODBC DSN pscresults to connect to a database The ODBC DSN is like an arrow pointing to a database schema Via the configuration of the pscresults DSN any desired database schema may be selected and analysed in Excel see chapter 3 4 as well as Figure 65 and Figure 66 jy ODBC Data Source Administrator rn User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About User Data Sources Name Excel Files MS Access Database Microsoft Access Driver mdb accdb Driver Microsoft Excel Driver xds adsx xdsm x I MySQL ODBC 5 2 Unicode Driver INT t An ODBC User data source stores information about how to connect to E the indicated data provider A User data source is only visible to you and can only be used on the curent machine Figure 65 The ODBC datasource administrator To retrieve the data from the database select update all from the Excel Data ribbon or press Ctrl Alt F5 Update multiple times to get the data for selection and data
126. 22 00 and have a power supply during that time only from TSS_5 In OpenTrack we will use courses ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 from the default configuration For OpenPowerNet we need to adapt the project file slightly We only need to specify the Switch File and to give the simulation a proper comment see XML snippet below lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Tutorial AC Network comment failure scenario This is a comment for the failure scenario maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB Dump false rstFile Engine File xml switchStateFile Switch File xml The added Switch File simulationStart_s 3600 gt Do not forget to change the constant current engine in the Project File back to the default configuration Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds After the simulation has finished we should check substation TSS_80 For this we will use PowerSupply2 xlsx Excel tool Compare Two Power Supplies and Engine2 xlsx Excel tool Compare Two Engines S f t 7 00 7 B00 Hi Te ne 5 00 En ee aa Bann cn a ee 4 00 a ee sr Te S MVA 3 00 ae ee ee ee ee ee nn an 2 00 i i 1 00 Sh aan a BEER a e arenane 0 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 0
127. 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 57 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Regarding the auxiliary definition in OpenPowerNet see Table 4 on page 53 The calculated auxiliary values are recorded each simulation time step into the database table engine auxiliary data These values are related to an engine and auxiliary model type database table auxiliary type 4 4 6 TypeDefs File The TypeDefs File is an XML file and defines model types see Figure 38 The Project File will reference these types by an identifier The TypeDefs File observes the schema provided in the XML Catalog with key http www openpowernet de schemas TypeDefs xsd The schema specification documentation is available at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet User Guide The definition of the models in the TypeDefs File is described in the chapters referencing the models E attributes TypeDefs 7 t or f 1 0 ting Devices Figure 38 The main elements of the TypeDefs File schema 4 4 7 Project File The project specific file is an XML file It has to correspond with the OpenTrack infrastructure data The Project File observes the schema provided in the XML Catalog with key http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd The schema specification documentation is available at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet User Guide Sample XML files
128. 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt SingleComponent This element specifies the efficiency model transformer meanEfficiency The efficiencies are mean fourQuadrantChopperEfficiency efficiency f v versus speed tractionInverter efficiency f v versus speed gear meanEfficiency mean and tractionMotor efficiency f v F gt versus speed and force lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt Set the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 10 2 Simulation We will do two simulations to be able to compare two transformer efficiency models and using the long trains only Run both simulations e Do everything as described above and run the simulation e Change the attribute transformer in the Project File to efficiency f I givea meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 10 3 Analysis We use Excel tool One Engine and Compare Two Engines to compare the simulations Please note that the curve for traction efficiency in these files is only valid for a given mean transformer efficiency as it is not written separately to the results database We have to set it in the SELECTION sheet to display the correct curves The total efficiency is not affected etha Trafo 98 00 Figure 172
129. 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y 1 m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y 1 m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 195 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 Oma OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 196 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y 1 m 0 gt lt Conductor gt Last but not least the earth wire lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20_Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y 1 m 450
130. 32 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 190 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConductorFrom condName TSS_5_F_r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName TSS_5_RF_l lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName TSS_5_RF_r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt Connector gt These are the connectors to the new negative feeder lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName TSS_5_NF 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ConductorTo condName NF lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName TSS_5 NF_r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName NF lineID A trackID 1 km 5 3 gt lt Connector gt Instead of isolators we now use conductor switches Remove the Isolators and add the XML snippet below lt Switches gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open
131. 4 3 500 4 3 000 2 500 I kA 2 000 1 500 0 500 7 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km 0 000 connector 1 kA connector_2 kA l total kA I_engine kA Figure 119 The short circuit current with both substations 5 1 3 3 Constant current To check the pantograph voltage in a network we want to draw a constant current along the whole line This can be done easily by OpenPowerNet Just add one course in OpenTrack e g with name constant current use the itinerary from Station A via track 1 in Station B to Station C and add a timetable As we have seen in the previous simulation the minimum short circuit current is about 2300A so we will use a lower current of 2000A for this simulation Otherwise the network is overburden Then add one attribute to the Project File lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz constantCurrent A 2000 This is the new attribute Other attributes will be ignored by OpenPowerNet brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt and set a proper comment in the Project File to identify this simulation while analysing
132. 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 8 000 9 000 10 000 s km _total_real A _total_imag A Figure 186 The sum of the current per section of ther whole simulation period As we can see from Figure 186 the maximum total current sum is about 0 6 A in the area of the neutral zone This may look like a lot but as the simulation runs from 1 00 00 until 1 49 08 in time steps of 4s the number of time steps is 737 To get the average total current sum per time step we divide 0 6 A by 737 The result is 0 8 mA and this is very close to OA in the context of railway power supplies Therefore the model of the neutral zone is correct IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 192 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 193 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 v f s o4 4 4 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Figure 187 The speed versus location of course ABCI_01 In the diagram above we can see the speed is slightly reduced in the area of the neutral zone near km 5 000 This is because there is no power supply available in the neutral zone and the train is coasting Usually the courses are powered off before and powered on after they have passed the neutral zone This power off and on may be modelled in OpenTrack using power signals Please see the OpenTrack documentation for details 5 8 3 AC
133. 5 Rails Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substation name TSS A _25 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent _ A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS A 25 T1 _ocs defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_A 251 TI _Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_A_25 OCS Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 25 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name TSS A 25 Rails Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 25 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substation name TSS_B 25 gt lt TwoWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kv 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativ
134. 50 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 y m 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 750 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 750 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x_m 0 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 750 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 750 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_Ohm km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y 1 m 0 gt lt Conductor gt Then the conductors for track 2 from km 9 750 to km 10 250 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm
135. 6 3 How to calculate the equivalent radius nnsser ernennen 226 6 4 How to model running rails in AC simulation 22222444444 HR 226 6 5 How to model Earth Conductor ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeneeees 229 6 6 How to model Conductor Switch or Isolator 4444444 229 6 7 How to model uncommon power supply systems cceeeeeeeeeeees 229 6 8 How to draw a constant current cceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeees 230 6 9 How to simulate short circuits 00004444Reeeennnneennnnnnnnnnnnnnne nn 230 6 10 How to prevent the consideration of the achieved effort in OpenTrack while using OpenPowerNet une 231 6 11 How to calculate only a part of the operational infrastructure of OpenTrack as electrical network in OpenPowerNet ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeees 231 6 12 Where are the XML Schemas uunen nn 231 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 5 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 6 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 6 13 Which XML Schema for which XML File nnnnnnnnnn 231 6 14 How to specify a specific license 2222444440000n00nnnn nennen 231 6 15 What is the reciprocal condition ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeenees 232 6 16 What is the
136. 6 OpenTrack E Preferences type filter text OpenTrack Py vv General Help Install Update 1 Host 127 0 0 1 OpenTrack configuration Model Validation 2 Port 9002 4 OpenPowerNet Analysis APserver ATM Debug Notification OpenTrack PSC Team Validation oe Restore Defaults Appiy Figure 28 General configuration OpenTrack preferences page 1 The OpenTrack IPv4 host 2 The port at which OpenTrack is listening for requests 4 3 7 PSC Eb Preferences type filter text PSC e vv General Help Install Update 1 Host 127 0 01 PSC configuration Model Validation 2 Port 9005 OpenPowerNet Analysis APserver 4 Maximum keep alive connections 10000 ATM Debug Notification 6 Maxium RAM allocable in MB 1000 OpenTrack i Psc PSC Viewer PSC Viewer Diagram Team Validation XML 3 Backlog 1000 5 Debug file PSC_log Restore Defaults Apply Figure 29 General configuration PSC preferences page IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 41 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 42 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 1 The PSC IPv4 host 2 The port at which the PSC is listening for requests 3 Is the maximum queue size for requests usually this value does not need to be changed 4 The maximum number of request before
137. BC DSN then Schema name and then Simulation r Enma lls BE EB Analysis sel 23 a editing mode selection offline online offline mode Project File Browse J online mode ODBC DSN Schema name Simulation Load analysis Time Start n 1 0 Eu 0 0 max TimeEnd min 1 Designation Vehicles Energy output File Type Options Preset File General Lines 0 Connectors 0 Substations Magnetic Field 0 Currents 0 Voltages 0 L Figure 78 A new empty Selection File after creation The page name includes the number of selected items in brakets IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 86 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 87 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Once the model source is defined click on the Load button to create the model While loading the model messages are displayed on console OPN The analysis group defines general visualisation configuration Start and end time define the visualisation time window The designation is used in the titles of the generated files and should be an applicable description of the simulation e g to fit a report The default is taken from the project name and comment defined in the Project File By ticking Vehicles and Energy the relevant tables are generated Further output is defined on pages Lines Connectors Substatio
138. Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_1 gt lt Connector name TSS _4 7_OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName TSS 5 F 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB 2 gt lt Connector name TSS 5 3 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName TSS_5 F_r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 gt lt Connector name TSS_4 7 Rails Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName TSS 5 RF 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 2 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 3 Rails Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName TSS_5 RF _r lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF BB 1 gt lt Connector name TSS_4 7_NF Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName TSS_5 NF_1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB 2 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 3 NF Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 191 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH
139. Coefficient 0 004 x m 3 y m 6 1 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName RF_BT trackID 1 72 000 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 72 001 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 y m 6 1 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName RF_BT trackID 1 km 76 000 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 76 001 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm _ km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 4 y m 6 1 gt lt Conductor gt The return feeder has to be connected to the rails between the booster transformers and at the beginning of the return feeder lt ConnectorSlice name bonging from return feeder to rail gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 01 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom trackID 1 condName RF gt lt ConductorTo trackID 1 condName RL gt lt Connector gt lt Position km 78 gt lt Position km 74 gt lt Position km 70 gt lt ConnectorSlice gt Furthermore the additional conductors parallel to the isolators need to be connected lt ConnectorSlice name feeder connection from BT to CW RF gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom trackID 1 condName CW_BT gt lt ConductorTo trackID 1 condName CW 7 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0
140. Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 9 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connections of rails and ocs at change over from track 1 to 2 line A gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 10 250 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 10 250 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 10 250 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A t
141. Cross section of the line at the selected position Show earth conductor Show track name V Show line from conductor to track name v yw ie 6 ww wW 4m Fam Ll SR ae J 9m 12m 15m General Lines 4 Connectors 6 Substations 16 Magnetic Field 1 Currents 0 Voltages 0 L Figure 84 Magnetic Field location definition The location and time definition specifies details of the diagram by e Designation if empty the designation from General page is used at the diagram e Position between slices km defines the chainage used for the diagram it s always in the middle between two slices e Time Start End the time window e Mean Values if ticked generates the diagram of mean values for the defined time window e Create Images if ticked generates diagrams for each simulation time step for the defined time window e Create Video if ticked creates a video for the defined time window The lower part of the location and time definition is only for information but has no influence on the generated diagram Generated diagrams consist of two plots The upper plot is the field and the lower plot indicates the measuring point and engines within the selected line The lower plot is shown by default but can be turned off in the AnalysisPreset File see chapter 4 6 3 7 for details IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 92 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet Oa
142. DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 45 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPNIS1 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet A gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 46 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 In some cases the distance between nodes calculated by using 3 is two CON OO close Therefore this property specifies a minimum distance between the nodes This property set the distance between two conductors of the same track This property set the distance between two tracks of the same line This property set the distance between two lines The distance of a substation above the upper most node connected with a infeed of this substation The order of the conductors The buttons Up and Down on the right side of the table move the selected conductor type The vertical position of conductors is calculated using this order In case some conductor types are not used in a project file than diagram the distance between two displayed nodes will be more than specified in 5 e g if no NegativeFeeder is available so the distance between Feeder and the next Conductor below Messenger Wire will be 160pixel The following properties set the colour definition of the conductors and connectors according there resistance Resistance between minimum and maximum are interpolated between the specified values 10 The minimum resistance at 20 C in mOhm km of conductors All lower resistances will be coloured with the colour set in 14 11 The maximum re
143. Figure 97 The elements of the ImageType definition The following XML snippet defined the chart in Figure 85 at page 93 lt MagneticField gt lt ImageType name B_ shading f t IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx title Magnetic Flux Density _designation subtitle Line lineID km position time titleFontSize 12 fontSize 10 style normal meanValues false label complexCurrent labelFontSize 6 gt lt xAxis valueName Width valueUnit m title Lateral Distance logarithmic false numberFormat 0 valueMin 15 valueMax 15 gt lt yAxis valueName Height valueUnit m title Height logarithmic false numberFormat 0 valueMin 2 valueMax 13 gt lt zAxis valueName MagneticFluxDensity valueUnit pT title B rms numberFormat 0 valueMin 0 valueMax 200 valueStep 0 1 gt lt PageSetup paperSize A4 orientation landscape gt lt Chart2 use true gt lt xAxis valueName Position valueUnit km title Position logarithmic false numberFormat 0 gridMajor true gt lt yAxis valueName Current valueUnit A title Current logarithmic false numberFormat 0 valueMin 0 valueMax 100 gridMajor true gt lt Item name Measuring Point title Measuring point use true style line weight 3 legend true label false gt lt Color name blue gt lt Item gt lt Item name Engine consuming title Consuming engine use true Page 100 of 232 DMJ 2014 11
144. For this tutorial we don t need to change the Engine File 5 8 2 1 2 2 Project File First of all we need to add the negative feeder from km 0 000 to km 84 500 lt Conductor type NegativeFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName NF trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 y_m 9 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 80 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt Next we change the Feeder and ReturnFeeder and add the NegativeFeeder conductors parallel to the neutral zone Note The parallel conductors are from km 4 700 to km 5 000 and from km 5 000 to km 5 300 lt Conductor type Feeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS 5 F 1 trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm_km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Feeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS 5 F r trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 3 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS_ 5 RF 1 trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm_km 0 1188 tempe
145. ID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 196 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 197 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 9 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 9 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 i gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt lt Substations gt lt Substation name TSS_5 gt The substation at km 5 000 with rectifier lt Rectifier name R1 internalResistance Ohm 0 01 nomVoltage_kV 3 3 energyRecovery false gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real _Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Rectifier gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001
146. ID h condName RL lineID Linie 01 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt r_close_ Ohm 0 001 r_open_Ohm 10000 Close Model Voltage voltage_V 120 Open Model Current current_A 0 Table 17 Typical values for a voltage limiting device used to limit the touch voltage to maximum 120V by a thyristor opens when current is below 0A IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 71 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet O PHT SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 72 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 7 Simulation Time window Node Content 4 e Network all Lines Conne th T name TestNetworkl frequency_Hz 50 voltage_kV 25 use true recordCurrent true recordVoltage true e Lines e E Substations 4 e Times 4 e SimulationTime start_s 0 end_s 600 4 e SimulationTime start_s 1200 end_s 1800 e Earth Figure 57 Example configuration of two simulation time windows for the network from 00 00 00 to 00 10 00 and from 00 20 00 to 00 30 00 The simulation time window enables the user to specify the times the network shall be used during the simulation For instance the Project File has multiple networks along a very long route The simulation runs five trains following each other To minimize the calculation time and amount of data each network should only be enabled if at least one train is in the network see the example i
147. Name REL lineID A trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 6 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt 5 8 1 2 Simulation First we run the wrong and then the correct simulation with long trains only Note the message in OPN PSC console at the beginning of the simulation You can see which number of currents and voltages are recorded to the database Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 8 1 3 Analysis For analysis we will use the Excel tool Current _total f s and Voltage U f s In the latter please set the option Use Sign to NO 60000 000 I_total f s 50000 000 bananas eee Assmsusaser Hess nadanes AE nn een hessacesened ne Iepe 40000 000 a a a eb ee oi E a EET CRER T 30000 000 20000 000 on a oe Poe nn eee eee Hamann denen 10000 000 0 000 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 4 000 5 000 6 000 7 000 s km _total_real A I_total_imag A 8 000 9 000 10 000 Figure 180 The sum of the conductor current for each section and all time steps with the wrong configuration IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 185 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 PZA OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet ID Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 186 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 I_total f s 0 600
148. Network TUlOliial s2c2iccscctciccascceseassaccieicatbessossaealedactbedecssdsalonaaabadedioaa 132 5 3 1 EOS ANON ad eet ee De De u El 132 5 3 2 SIMULA ON aee ana 134 5 3 3 PTA SS E E EEEE E 134 5 4 DC Network Tutorial ic sccaix santos sustainsssnteantsietssfountsndotaindoretanseintoinioiads 140 5 4 1 Bie giile D esl 0 eee ee ee ee ee EE AE RAN EA EAER ERR 140 5 4 2 Simulation PWSTSRBNTESSERRSSBRUHERNSESIBEBESPRSEESRURSHERESERUERENSDESBEDETEEUSEPRSESVBERSTERLHEBEFPEIURS 142 5 4 3 PVA cage c cece ecco RUSS RR ERS HENRI Eara E ae raaa Ea Eaa E aeia EEEE 143 5 5 DC Network with Energy Storage Tutorial cceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 146 5 5 1 Gonliguralion srs E E E A A A A SRE 146 5 5 2 Simulation asenn ete eit rae e err N eco EA 147 5 5 3 ANAIYSIS socereee cece cceccecrrveeteer eee aet ee aaeeea eee epee Eee EEEE Eee EEEE EEEE EAE EREET 147 5 6 DC Network with Voltage Limiting Device Tutorial eee 150 5 6 1 CC ONMMOUAUION sauna 150 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 4 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet TIL Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 5 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 6 2 SITUSBN ON ee 151 5 6 3 AnalySIS eS Si ee ee 151 5 7 Engine Model Tulonals asco eeesces cs ease ecekcassesss cess ecss cess ecesuess cock esssecsseess eevee 153 5 7 1 Power Factor Tutorial usa usa een 153 5 7 2 Itaclive Effort Tutorial s ra e Eaa 156 5 7 3 Tractive Current Lim
149. Oa Institut fur Bahntechnik GmbH OpenPowerNet User Manual Institut fur Bahntechnik GmbH Branch Office Dresden Document No OPN 51 1 5 3 I opn 10_documents 20_program_documentation 20_user_manual um_opn_51_01 05 03 docx Author Review Release Martin Jacob Harald Scheiner Dr J rg von Lingen Revision Record Change Reason 2014 11 05 Add some chapters to FAQ e g modelling of running rails Also updated some chapters of the Tutorial section to new software versions 2014 05 08 Add some FAQ sub chapters to Configuration of OpenPowerNet 2014 02 10 Add acceleration delay distribution modify analysis chapter due to Selection Editor modification 2013 10 11 New auxiliary model VLD amp booster transformer amp engine energy storage tutorial change structure add Selection File 2013 07 19 New Feature of Analysis Tool Inline Measurement described 2013 02 12 Update versions and OpenTrack model constraints 2012 05 07 Add simulation network wise time window merge networks booster transformer remove attribute recordComputation2DB remove example files and refer to Tutorial update Project File description add VLD model 2011 06 29 Update chapters 4 2 3 3 4 3 6 2 3 2 7 6 7 12 because of new min recovery braking speed new message recording new constant voltage engine instead of shortCircuit Engine and matrix conditional number 2010 05 17 Add Dongle ID configur
150. Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 10 250 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 10 250 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 10 250 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt The substation at km 5 000
151. Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 outside station A firstPos_km 1 2 lastPos_km 25 4 maxDistance_km 0 2 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 station A firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 0 650 maxDistance km 0 05 gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 station B firstPos_km 9 800 lastPos_km 10 200 maxDistance_km 0 1 gt lt Connector z_real _Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The configuration of the leakages lt Leakages gt Leakage of track 1 in station A lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 25 4 yReal S_km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 2 lastP
152. PN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 204 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20_Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 10 y_m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20_Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x Brig y_m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _ km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 9 25 y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 10 75 y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The earth conductor lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 20 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperat
153. Printers gt Printername context menu gt Printing preferences gt Advanced It is possible to use another printer or paper size by modifying the preset file see 4 6 3 7 4 6 3 1 Lines The Lines page provides diagrams along the line They include markers e g for voltage limits or infeed positions Additionally all stations defined in OpenTrack are displayed in the Line Diagrams see Figure 97 except station names beginning with The selection dialog provides the following columns e Designation To override the default chart title If set the default chart title will be replaced with the given text The designation will be added to the title and the subtitle with name of line and tracks will still be used e Type The chart type see below e Line xyz The name of a line grouping different tracks e Track xyz The name of a track grouping different conductors e Panto The item column to select the chart series for pantograph voltage of all engines belonging to the track and line indicated in the rows above IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 87 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 CE 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 88 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e Conductor Name xyz The item column to select the chart series for the conductor with name xyz belonging to the track and line indicated in the rows above Partially defined conductors are shown o
154. RL _ U_max_1_RR U_max_2_RL U_max_2_RR Returnfeeder U_RE_max EN 50122 1 Figure 148 Rail Earth Potential without VLD IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 151 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet O 7 4 ww Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 152 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 200 T Rail Earth Potential Tutorial VLD with VLD Line A km 0 000 to 85 400 01 00 00 0 02 03 16 0 b 180 444 ee 21212 EEEEE lliki BALTE 1850 160 4340400 F F PF F HII HHH LUL Voltage V 8 80 60 HHH Ill 40 20 HH Ill tation 0 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 Position km 70 000 80 000 U_max_1_RL U_max_1_RR U_max_2_RL U_max_2_RR Return feeder U_RE_max EN 50122 1 Figure 149 Rail Earth Potential with VLDs between 8 000 and 12 000 The Automatic Analysis generates an aggregation of all substations file name 000_Network A C xlsx and shows how often and how long the VLDs have been closed VLD Usage Tutorial VLD with VLD Network A C Sum VLD 01 00 00 0 02 03 16 0 Count a E Count_closed Figure 150 The histogram of the VLD closing IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 152 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5
155. RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Earth gt The earth is modelled as a virtual conductor far away from the tracks along the whole line lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20 Ohm _km 0 0393 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y 1 m 450 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt Now we define all the connectors of the slices lt ConnectorSlices gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 firstPos km 0 lastPos_km 85 4 maxDistance_km 1 gt This slice defines the connectors modelling the electrical connection between the messenger and contact wire for track 1 every 1000m along the whole track lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 firstPos_km 9 750
156. Terminate track 1 CBAI_01 Terminate track 1 Stop 60s track 1 Start 01 00 00 loop via track 2 Table 22 Timetable of courses in the loops totorial 5 8 5 1 Configuration 5 8 5 1 1 OpenTrack As the basis for the infrastructure we take the data from the AC tutorial We need to add the loop and to enange the nalnage according to Figure 198 and Figure 199 0 210 0 400 0 600 0 650 O Tuterial 05 Network Model 0S_Loaps OTRocuments ald x Into Edt Took Functions Windows Pr Qk nA g Station B Station C JS er lt s EAT o N Legend o oj ojo f c o ol o o of of o geleli e ol o o ol Track 1 el 2 SI S 2 w t t Nf NTO oO N y lt Sl Ir N A kd D Track 2 oO oO o w w w ol ol ol Oli N fee oI aI al o i Ir al N N Figure 198 The wrong OpenTrack infrastructrue configuration of the loop tracks 0 Tutorial 06_ Network Model 05 Loops OTDecuments ald O iD E Into joss Furetons Widows fr qe 2 Station B Station C i Ag S ip lt gt t TP a an N ty LJ L wen E A 4 Legend Q oj ojo o Q tracks S sisl alal s el sigigis SI SISS a S 3 Ni I o e ti F m DISI 2 i Track 2 o ol ojo ol wl ol ol oO N oo OIHAID gt i Ii N N N IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 211 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 Oma OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 212 of 232 Use
157. The cell in the Excel sheet SELECTION to set the transformer efficiency etha f v 100 90 80 70 60 7 50 etha 40 30 7 20 7 10 7 0 0 50 100 150 200 250 v km h etha_tract Wetha_total Figure 173 The tractive and total efficiency of course ABCI_01 versus speed in file Engine xlsx IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 176 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 177 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 etha f v 100 7 80 4 20 4 0 etha 20 pairin BE SB A eee E E a E A epee eres 0 H b en 60 ne a 1 en a a ee 80 1 2 ee EE A nn 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 v km h etha_tract Sim 34 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 etha_total Sim 34 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Aetha_tract Sim 35 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 X etha_total Sim 35 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 174 The total efficiency of course ABCI_01 with mean sim 34 and versus current sim 35 transformer efficiency in file Engine2 xlsx 5 7 11 Engine Energy Storage Tutorial This tutorial describes the configuration of an engine energy storage To use engine energy storage the engine needs to be modelled with regenerative brakin
158. This is the second transformer with the same properties as Tl lt TwoWindingTransformer name T2 nomPower MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses _kwW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB 2 z real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 T2_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 2 z_ real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 5 T2 Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB_1 gt Change the name to make a unique busbar name lt Connector name TSS 5 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 gt Change the name to make a unique busbar name lt Connector name TSS 5 _Rails _Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID In mes o gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 5 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB_2 gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt Switch defaultS
159. User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Magnetic Flux Density Line A km 19 950 01 17 32 0 uT Height m B_rms 1 5 Lateral Distance m 200 Measuring point 4 Consuming engine 100 Recovering engine 0 1 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Position km 5 Figure 196 The magnetic field at line A km 19 950 at 01 17 32 i a ie See A Consuming engine 100 Recovering engine 0 sl 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 Position km Figure 197 The magnetic field at line A km 20 125 at 01 17 32 Current A Magnetic Flux Density Line A km 20 125 01 17 32 0 IT Height m B_rms 0 5 10 15 20 2 Lateral Distance m Current A IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 210 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 211 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 5 Turning Loops Tutorial In this tutorial we will compare the effect of a wrong and a correct configuration for turning loops Turning loops are typical for tram networks but also for other railway systems They have to be modelled as a virtual double track line The wrong configuration may run but will produce incorrect results for OpenTrack and or for OpenPowerNet We will use 25 kV 50 Hz power supply system with one substation at km 5 000 The line shall be about 25km long and have 3 stations Two courses shall run as follow ABCI_01 Start 01 00 00 Stop 60s track 2
160. _ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_5 Rails Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 132 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet 7 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 133 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB gt The new feeder for the negative feeder lt Connector name TSS_5 NF Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName NF lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt Third we change TSS_80 to ATS_80 with autotransformer and busbars for OCS rails and negative feeder lt Substation name ATS_80 gt lt Autotransformer This is the autotransformer name T1 nomPower_ MVA 5 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 55 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses_kW 5 loadLosses_kW 10 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 1 8 noLoadCurrent_A 0 2 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name ATS_80_T1_OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt
161. a meaningful comment Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 5 3 Analysis First we will compare the DC network with and without energy storage with 200A current limit We use Engine2 xlsx from menu OpenPowerNet gt Excel Tools gt Compare Two Engines IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 147 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 148 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 3500 2500 ee ee eee en ee ee um 1500 Le ne E E EE EEEE EEEE UIRENDELERNE a e 500 7 0 H H 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 16 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 17 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 144 The line voltage at pantograph for course ABCs_02 in the DC network without Sim 16 and with Sim 17 energy storage 200A Comparing the two different storage current limitations we can see the effect to the pantograph voltage U f s 3500 3000 2500 ee ee eee eane ee AS ee rar en ee UMN ee S u EN le ee en eee ee A eens eee emery nn oe eseat ss n 500 7 4 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km 0 Sim 17 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 18 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 145 The effect t
162. action_panto kW gine kW m P_storage kW 70 P_traction max 56kW ce a m P_aux kW 20kW O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 P_traction kW Figure 48 While using unload model storage_P_traction_ratio the energy storage is unloaded with the specified fraction of the traction power as soon as the engine consumes traction power until the maximum unload power of the energy storage is exeeded IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 62 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 penPowerNet 774 hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH e Leskag equivalentRadiusmm 44 toPos_km 10 temperatureCoefficient 0 0039 temperature_GradCelsius 20 E Conductor Conductor E Conductor ConnectorSlices es e Switches Isolators Substations E Times E Earth Network name frequency_Hz voltage_kV use recordCurrent recordVoltage e Lines E Substations Times Mergers Earth a E Options tolerance_grad madncresseCount tolerance V tolerance A maxCurrentAnglelteration 0 001 500 01 01 100 Page 63 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 3 Network Model Node Content a e PSC a E Network all Line name TestNetworkl frequency_Hz 50 voltage kV 25 use true recordCurrent true recordVoltage true 4 e Lines a E Line name line masliceDist
163. ance_km 01 4 e Conductors a E Conductor tartf type ContactWire a E StartPosition km 0 trackID track condName cw a E ToProperty xm 0 ym 53 120_Ohm_km 0 232 Figure 49 Example project configuration of TestNetwork 1 including Lines Substations Times Earth node as well as configuration of TestNetwork 2 which includes also the Mergers element and general PSC options IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 63 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet OBA SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 64 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 contact Ri150 150mm 0 1185 0 0054 0 00393 wire Ri120 120mm 0 1481 0 0048 0 00393 messenger Cu150 150mm 0 1185 0 00531 0 004 wire Cu120 120mm 0 1481 0 00468 0 004 feeder Al 625 625mm 0 0459 0 01092 0 004 Al St260 23 260mm Al amp 0 1068 0 00733 0 004 23mm steel Rail AC UIC60 0 0306 see chapter 0 004 see chapter DC only 6 4 6 4 UIC54 0 0339 see chapter 0 004 DC only 6 4 third rail AI 5100 Al 5100mm 0 0064 0 0314 0 00382 Fe 7600 7600mm steel 0 0159 0 0383 0 005 Table 9 Typical conductor configuration values 4 4 7 4 Power Supply models Following power supply models are available e Two winding transformer AC e Three winding transformer 2AC e Autotransformer 2AC e Booster transformer AC 2AC e Rectifier DC and e Stationa
164. and return current cable connection points to the power rails e Type of catenary number and cross section of single conductors e Additional feeding conductors connection points and cross section e Switch state of the power rail system e Position and cross section of rail and track bonds 4 4 2 Model constraints Besides the constraints derived from the OpenTrack model mentioned in chapter 4 4 4 the model has to fulfil further constraints Otherwise the simulation is not possible or the results will be wrong The following constraints have to be fulfilled Auto Two Winding Three Winding and Booster Transformer 0 lt relativeShortCircuit Voltage nomPower noLoadLosses 9 lt nomPrimaryVolta ge noLoadCurrent noLoadLosses For AC networks the sums of all conductor currents of each section between two slices within a line have to be 0 This means e It is not allowed to add connectors parallel to conductors e Feeder and return feeder from a substation to the line have to be connected at the same slice and e Lines shall not be connected in a triangular manner Furthermore e There has to be exactly one contact wire per track e There have to be exactly one or two rails per track In case of two rails these two rails will be shortened at engine position during the simulation e It is not possible to add a switch between the positive busbar and a rectifier as the model already uses one that cannot b
165. are available in the Tutorial see chapter 5 at page 103 to read how to get these files The Project File has four main parts e ATM configuration e PSC configuration e Distributions and e Relations of courses to a Train Operating Company see Figure 39 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 57 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 58 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 OpenPowerNet oot element of the OpenPowerNet Project File Figure 39 The main branches of the Project File in schema view The container of all Train Operating companies Figure 40 to Figure 61 show an example Project File Node Content 2 xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 4 e OpenPowerNet Document ATM PSC TOCs xmins xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemalocat http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Example Single Line comment a meaningful comment for a simulation record2DB true record2DB_Dump true maxlterations 1000 maxFailedlterations 10 odbcDsn pscresults databaseSchema schemal rstFile Engine xml typedefsFile TypDefs xml switchStateFile Switch xml skipBigEffortChanges true ignoreTrainsOutside true simulationStart_s 36000 simulationEnd_s 72000 fe ATM Vehicles Options E PSC Jet E TOCs TOC Figure 40 General configuration in OpenPowerNet Project File IFB DD UM_OPN_51_
166. ase a network is overburden As we want to write the simulation data directly into the database we need to set a ODBC DSN that we want to record data but not into a dump file The recording of the simulation results shall start with the first course at 01 00 therefore we set the simulation start time to 3600 seconds Furthermore we need to set the Engine File just configured in the previous chapter The next step is to configure the engine model lt ATM gt lt Vehicles gt lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz engine electric tractiveCurrentLimitation none brakeCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 108 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 109 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt lt Vehicle gt lt Vehicles gt lt Options tolerance A 0 1 maxIterations 1000 record2DB true gt lt ATM gt Note the green data has to correspond to OpenTrack and Engine File Our engine will not use eddy current brake has no tractive or brake current limitation uses auxiliary power has no model for power factor as attribute fourQuadrantChopperPhi is set to none The engine also has no regenerative bake and
167. ation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 1 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 OBA 3penPowerNet Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 2 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 2010 03 31 Adding engine energy storage and overview of physical variables update Analysis 2010 01 07 Adding chapters 4 2 2 7 10 2009 09 22 Adding tutorials and update to version 1 2 0 2009 06 26 Update to OpenPowerNet version 1 1 0 2008 11 24 Reworked 2006 04 10 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Created Page 2 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet TIL Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 3 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Table of Contents 1 MIGROS LEAI O g A essen arena aan nee TEE Bean ah U acer ueecanasanesnercutss sacs seaserenuen eee 7 1 1 OVENI EW seniai aeae a nE ae e a AEE Aa AEE AEE AEE EEEIEE REER 7 1 2 Versions enea 7 1 3 Acronyms and abbreviations un 7 1 4 How to read this Document ne u 8 2 Simulation Philosophy 2 2 Rune 9 2 1 Model S PER dee meme torment tone neon ee ee 10 2 2 Overview of physical variables cccccccccccencsncssncenenenenenenenenenenenenee 10 3 Application StrUCtUrS ser rear Bauer iet errire aer it 11 3 1 Graphical User Interface cccccccceeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeaeaeseseeeres 12 3 2 XME EAO eee oT Te nc err Tr ee ree ee er rr 13 3 3 PSC View
168. ations For the wrong simulation the rail earth potential in station A is incorrect Figure 204 shows the values of the current sum of all conductors per section for the total simulation time Between km 0 405 and km 0 650 the value is not close to 0 A this means there is a connector parallel to conductors This violates the model constraints listed in chapter 4 3 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 222 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet Lb Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 223 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 a a a Zn 54 163 0000 000 o 025 SS ons 000 O1 075 07 on Ol O0 0 125 P42 40 010 O2 0 175 sof o148 020 020 0 225 I 0183 016 020 osoo 0 275 016 O1 Os 080 0 325 01 on 080 OA 0 375 et ons osoo 0A 0 425 618 047 1127 759 040 050 0 475 ____ 618 018 112776 050 050 0 525 618 010 12777 050 osoo 045751 618 005 1127760 0600 O6 SC Pa om 060 oT 0 675 p23 ons oT or 0 725 Figure 204 The sum of sum currents per section over the total simulation time of the wrong simulation linelD v trackID v s km I_real A I_imag A 7 U_real V U_imag V v F_requeste v F_achievec v v km h P_aux kW time FA A 1 0 829 36 230 0 000 27419 900 312 718 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 40 A 1 0 808 36 241 0 000 27411 291 347 247 20 455 20 455 75 000 520 000 00 01 15 41
169. bName Rails BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name ATS_0 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name ATS_0 T1_NF defaultState close gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Autotransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name ATS_0 OCS Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 190 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 O 7 4 penPowerNet DE Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 191 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name ATS_0_Rails_Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB gt lt Connector name ATS_0_NF_Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName NF lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt The TSS_80 shall be replaced by the ATS_80 with same parameter as ATS_0 but connected to the line at km 80 000 The TSS_5 get now two transformers 6 busbars and 3 busbar connectors see the XML snippet below lt Substat
170. cenario in the AC tutorial switchStateFile Switch File xml Set the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 1 2 Simulation We will run the simulation only with the long trains to see the effect of the power factor versus line voltage Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 1 3 Analysis We will use Excel tool Compare Two Engines and check to power factor of course CBAI_01 and compare the pantograph voltage with the failure simulation of the AC tutorial IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 154 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt gt penPowerNet gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 155 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 phi f s 0 000 0 500 2 000 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 PANIE IE IAD SENE II NRIN AINNE E ENE IEEE SANTIE NE EAA IAA IN BEENA EASE SEEN 2 500 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 5 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 21 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 153 The pantograph current angle of course CBAI_01 versus location 28000 7 U f s 27500 4 4 h 27000 26500 26000 gt 25000 24500 7 24000 0 000
171. ckID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 station A firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 1 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z _ real _Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 outside station A firstPos_km 1 2 lastPos_km 25 4 maxDistance_km 0 2 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 station A firstPos km 0 lastPos_km 0 450 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 station B firstPos_km 9 800 lastPos_km 10 200 maxDistance_km 0 1 gt lt Connector z_real _Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The definition of the leakage lt Leakages gt Track 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 2
172. condName R lineID A gt lt ConductorTo km 1 100 trackID up condName R lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt 6 1 2 Negative broken chainage The model in OpenTrack is the same as for positive broken chainage Set km 2 100 at one side of the double vertex and km 1 900 at the other and define a new line name for the following edges Always take care of the edge direction In OpenPowerNet we need to have two lines In this example the line A from km 0 000 to 2 100 and line A from km1 900 to 3 000 Then we have to connect the conductors with each other using low resistance connectors see Figure 207 The Project File XML snippet shows the conductor and connector configuration of the example lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 1 recordCurrent true recordVoltage true gt lt Conductors gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition km 1 100 trackID up condName CW gt lt ToProperty x_m 5 y m 5 3 r20 Ohm km 0 2138 equivalentRadius_mm 4 4 toPos_km 2 100 temperatureCoefficient 0 00381 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition km 1 100 trackID up condName R gt lt ToProperty x_m 5 y m 0 r20 Ohm km 0 0164 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 toPos km 2 100 temperatureCoefficient 0 0047 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt Line gt lt Line name A maxSliceD
173. ctor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt left return feeder and lt StartPosition condName RF_1 trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 1 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 1 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt right return feeder lt StartPosition condName RF_r trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 6 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 1 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt Then we need to connect the new conductors with the contact wire and rail at km 5 000 respective km 6 000 lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 0001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName LF 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z_ real Ohm 0 0001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RF 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 0001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName LF r lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z_ real Ohm 0 0001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName
174. d do not need to change anything if your network address is 127 0 0 1 localhost otherwise you need to adapt the property for the APserver Window gt Preferences gt OpenPowerNet gt APserver gt Host The following chapters describe in detail the configuration of the Engine File Project File and the Switch File As we do not use VLD we do not need to configure a TypeDefs File 5 1 1 2 1 Engine File First of all we need to create a new XML File and to specify the schema Read chapter 6 11 for how to get the schema directory The default Engine File is IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 107 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 108 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt railml xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas rollingstock xsd gt lt rollingstock rollingstockID version gt lt railml gt Now we need to configure the engine according to our needs and corresponding to OpenTrack see chapter 5 1 1 1 In addition to OpenTrack we need to configure the tractive and braking efficiency as well as the engine auxiliary power lt railml xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas rollingstock xsd gt lt rollingstock rollingst
175. d the right section Figure 178 The wrong configuration of the feeder from substation to the line The sum of the conductor current will not be zero because connectors are parallel to conductors and allow the current to bypass the conductor See the constraints listed in chapter 4 3 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 180 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 181 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Tss_s RF Figure 179 The correct configuration of the substation with all infeeds at the same slice To see the effect of the wrong and the correct configuration we run both simulations and record all currents and voltages between km 0 000 and km 9 000 5 8 1 1 Configuration 5 8 1 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 with long trains 5 8 1 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 5 8 1 1 2 1 Engine File For this tutorial we don t need to change the Engine File 5 8 1 1 2 2 Project File As there are two different configurations we will have two Project Files One Project File with the wrong configuration same as in Figure 178 and one Project File with the correct configuration same as in Figure
176. defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_80 OCS Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name TSS 80 Rails Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt Now only two things are left before we have completed the Project File One is to define the earthing point and the other is to set some options for the PSC The definition of the earthing point is very simple lt Earth condName E lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt And the options for module PSC are as well very simple lt Options tolerance grad 0 001 The maximum allowed tolerance of the engine current angle between the iteration inside the PSC maxCurrentAngleIteration 100 The maximum allowed iteration to achieve the value specified above tolerance V 0 1 The maximum allowed tolerance of the node voltage between the iteration of ATM and PSC tolerance A 0 1 The maximum allowed tolerance of the source currents between the iteration of ATM and PSC maxIncreaseCount 500 The maximum allowed number of increasing voltage tolerance between ATM and PSC iteration steps
177. definition lt Histogram gt lt FirstBin begin 25 width 5 probability 10 gt lt Bin width 20 probability 80 gt lt Bin width 10 probability 10 gt lt Histogram gt Cumulative Distribution Function definition lt CDF xValueName delay xValueUnit s yValueName cumulated distribution yValueUnit gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 25 gt lt values yValue 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 10 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 50 gt lt values yValue 90 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 60 gt lt values yValue 100 gt lt valueLine gt lt CDF gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 76 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 74 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 77 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 To simulate different delay scenarios the attribute scenario of element PiecewiseLinearDistribution should be altered The simulations with same scenario are repeatable and produce the same delays 4 4 8 Switch File The optional switch state file is an XML file The Project File observes the schema provided in the XML Catalog with key http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd The schema specific documentation is available at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet User Guide
178. del Frractive f v FnaxsP max none f v f F nao P max regenerative max use true false P P P aux aux_engine aux_O P T f Ponse and or R ns and or P P and or R axing aux_engine aux_OT braking Traction Power mech_factor engine_aux delta_load trailer Legend configuration options of Project File configuration data of Engine File configuration data from OpenTrack Figure 13 Efficiency table engine model with power flow and configuration options Each component of the single component engine model is modelled with an accurate efficiency value with dependencies If one or more components do not exist in a specific propulsion structure the efficiency of these components can be set to 100 respectively the model type in the Project File can be set to none In this case the component does not have any effect while calculating the total efficiency In this way engines can be modelled deviating from the model structure of the ATM Braking energy is recovered if the demand of the auxiliary and eddy current brake power consumption is exceeded While braking OpenPowerNet only calculates the braking effort IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 27 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 28 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 achieved through energy recovery braking of the propulsion sys
179. e diagram styles are available see Figure 85 and Figure 86 o ISO lines to mark particular values can be changed in preset see chapter 4 6 3 7 o shading the colour varies constantly rather than in steps e Value Limit only enabled in shading style and defines the maximum legend colour value e Colourmap multiple colour schemata to display the field values e Field Type o B Field magnetic field flux density o H Field magnetic field strength e Factor a factor to multiply the calculated value e g the timetable has first hour with traffic and second hour without traffic gt only the first hour is simulated gt the average shall be for two hours gt the factor is 0 5 e Grid m the grid size in meters smaller grid size generates a smoother and more detailed image but increases calculation time e x y min max m the image size in meter IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 91 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 92 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 eS EB Analysis sel 33 m a Tutorial AC Network default Di F esignation 4 E Network A C 4 bet Line A a E double track 15 0 15 0 2 0 13 0 875 Position between slices km 9 875 Mean Values o 6 00 E Create Images 3 ERBEN TimeStart min 1 91 H ax Create Video amp TimeEnd min 1 91 9 4 9 00 5 ma
180. e 124 The booster transformer modelling including neccessary isolators and additional conductors IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 127 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 128 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 2 1 2 1 Engine File We will use the same engine as for AC Network tutorial and therefore we do not need to change the Engine File 5 2 1 2 2 Project File At the beginning we add the additional conductors First the 1m long conductors parallel to the contact messenger wire as feeder lt Conductor type Feeder gt lt StartPosition condName CW_BT trackID 1 km 72 000 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 72 001 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 1 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Feeder gt lt StartPosition condName CW_BT trackID 1 km 76 000 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 76 001 equivalentRadius mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x _m 1 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt Second the return feeder and parallel conductors at isolator position lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName RF trackID 1 km 70 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 80 000 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperature
181. e Feeder o l f t The feeder cable current versus time one chart per busbar o I TRLPC The feeder cable current as Time Rated Load Periods Curve see chapter 6 16 one chart per busbar e Device o Ul fft The voltage and current versus time for each device within the substation o U l TRLPC The voltage and current as Time Rated Load Periods Curve for each device within the substation o P f t The power versus time for each device within the substation o P TRLPC The power as Time Rated Load Periods Curve for each device within the substation o If any of the above device charts is selected the device specific output like energy storage load or VLD statistics is generated e Overview Overview tables for RMS currents and losses of feeders and devices as well as device specific overview tables e Aggregation o Chart Aggregated power of the selected substations Additionally VLD specific statistic is generated o Overview Aggregated Overview of the selected substations 4 6 3 4 Magnetic Field The Magnetic Field tool calculates the flux density B field or field strength H field at e aspecific location for a specific time step as a single image or e as a movie over a time period or e the average values arithmetic mean over a time period as a single image The Magnetic Field page represents on the left a tree structure including project network and line At line a chart definition has to be added by selectin
182. e details of each property are described below the picture Preferences type filter text 2 Default Layout General Help Install Update 1 Horizontal offset in pixel OpenPowerNet 2 Vertical offset in pixel PSC Viewer PSC Viewer Diagram 3 Horizontal scale pixel per meter The preference page for the default layout Appearance 4 Minimum slice distance in pixel Connections Default Layout 5 Conductor distance in pixel Pathmaps 6 Track distance in pixel Printing Rulers And Grid 7 Line distance in pixel 8 substation distance to line in pixel 9 The conductor order Feeder NegativeFeeder MessangerWire ContactWire Rail Earth ReturnFeeder 1 Oconductor minimum R20 in moOhm km V1 conductor maximum R20 in mOhm km 1 2connector minimum R in mOhm 1 3connector maximum R in mOhm 1 4conductor minimum R20 color 1 5conductor maximum R20 color 16Connector minimum R color 1 7Connector maximum R color Figure 32 PSC Viewer default layout configuration 1 This is the horizontal offset in pixel of the upper left corner of the diagram 2 This is the vertical offset in pixel of the upper left corner of the diagram 3 The horizontal distance of the nodes is calculated by the position of the slice to which the node belongs This position contains the chainage in km With this property the scale in horizontal direction can be set In the picture it is 1 pixel per m IFB
183. e file need to be referenced in the Project File at the root element typedefsFile TypeDefs File xml The definition of the substation at km 8 000 is as below lt Substation name VLD 8 000 gt lt VLD name type type 5V gt The type is a reference to VLD defined in the TypeDefs File lt MeasuringBusbar bbName Rails BB gt VLD limiting the voltage from earth to rail lt ReferenceBusbar bbName Earth_BB gt lt VLD gt lt VLD name type type 5V gt VLD limiting the voltage from rail to earth lt MeasuringBusbar bbName Earth_ BB gt lt ReferenceBusbar bbName Rails BB gt lt VLD gt lt Busbars gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt pet lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 0 gt ee 6 48 lt Position km 8 trackID 1 condName RL lineID A gt na lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Earth_BB gt eee lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 0 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 150 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 151 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 SG esse ni lt Position km 8 trackID 1 condName E lineID A gt geen ee lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt Further substations at km 9 000 10 000 11 000 and 12 000 shall be added Give each Projec
184. e manipulated by the user But you can still use a switch in the feeder cable to the line or from the negative busbar to the rectifier The occurrence of engines inside the electrical network has to be realistic as each course inside the network consumes at least its auxiliary power If a course is created at the wrong time step or behaves unrealistic this has an effect inside the electrical network although the operational simulation may not be affected All courses that turn up inside the electrical network during the target simulation time have to be modelled even if they may only stand on a station track powered on It is advised to check this in the train diagrams If parts of other lines are connected to the main line e g powered by the same substations and the entire electrical situation shall be analysed these parts and its course operations also have to be modelled This can be only omitted when no load is on the connected parts IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 49 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 CE 7 4 wz 2 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 50 of 232 Issue 2014 11 05 If there are engines with same OpenTrack input data but different electrical parameters for the same catenary system these engines have to be handled separately A multi system traction unit can be handled as a single engine though To keep the number of nodes in the electrical network down special track arrangements should be kept simple Example D
185. e schemas are available via the catalogue entry of the GUI XML editor See Window gt Preferences gt XML gt XML Catalog These catalogue entries are used to support the editing in the XML editor as described in chapter 3 2 The schema specification documentation is available at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet User Guide 6 13 Which XML Schema for which XML File AnalysisPresets File AnalysisPresets xsd Engine File rollingstock xsd Project File OpenPowerNet xsd Switch File ADE xsd TypeDefs File TypeDefs xsd 6 14 How to specify a specific license In case OpenPowerNet is used with different licenses it might be necessary to specify a specific dongle To find the dongle IDs insert all dongles to your PC and open the Sentinel Admin Control Center in your browser http localhost 1947 int devices html The dongle configuration needs to be done via preferences see chapter 4 3 1 at page 34 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 231 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 232 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The following three options are available e Any dongle gt do not insert anything e One specific dongle gt enter one dongle ID and e Multiple dongles gt enter multiple IDs separated by 6 15 What is the reciprocal condition The reciprocal condition number describes the quality of the
186. e the same voltage at each engine This shall consider the electrical connection of both rails via the engine axes 2 2 Overview of physical variables The constant time step simulation of driving dynamics and electrical network components depends on a set of physical variables These variables and their time of validity during the calculation in OpenPowerNet are introduced in the table below t time step Ss according to time step width S position on considered line and track m beginning of time step vehicles constant infrastructure V vehicle speed m s beginning of time step a vehicle acceleration m s during time step m vehicle weight kg constant F vehicle effort N during time step U electrical voltage V during time step electrical current A during time step Z electrical impedance Q during time step P mechanical and electrical power W during time step E mechanical and electrical energy kWh end of time step Eloag energy storage load kWh beginning of time step Table 1 Overview of physical variables IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 10 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PT OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 11 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 3 Application structure OpenPowerNet is divided into three modules for simulation Each is executable software see Figure 2 The module Power Supply Calculat
187. eShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_B 25 Tl OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS _ B 25 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt TwoWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS B25 OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID B trackID 1 km 25 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name TSS_ _B _25_ Rails Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID B trackID 1 km 25 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 207 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 208 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 4 2 Simulation To check the timetable and correct configuration of OpenTrack the first simulation run shall be without OpenPowerNet Go in OpenTrack to 1 deselect Use OpenPowerNet The train graphs shall look like in Figure 193 and Figure 194 A C otsimcor 0 Tutorial 06_Network_Model 04_Lines_Points_Crossings OTDoc
188. efore we will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 5 7 2 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 7 2 1 2 1 Engine File As the basis we take the Engine File from the AC tutorial and add the tractive effort versus speed table The XML snippet below has the detailed values lt tractiveEffort gt lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h yValueName Tractive Effort yValueUnit kN gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 250 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 10 gt lt values yValue 247 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 20 gt lt values yValue 244 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 241 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 40 gt lt values yValue 238 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 50 gt lt values yValue 237 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 60 gt lt values yValue 236 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 70 gt lt values yValue 235 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 80 gt lt values yValue 235 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 90 gt lt values yValue 202 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 100 gt lt values yValue 176 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 110 gt lt values yValue 155 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 120 gt lt values yValue 139 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue
189. el time of this course in the DC network v f t 250 200 a 150 1 nnn nn nnn nnn nnn fen ent fo ge fh d E gt 100 50 tp f 4 eee Seamer deal eee eee Cea eateeeomeme 63 P EEEN EEE NIINAN TS 0 4 j 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 Sim 1 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 12 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 140 The speed versus time for course ABCI_01 in the AC network sim 1 and DC network sim 12 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 144 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 145 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 4 3 2 Short circuit 1 f s 4 000 3 500 2 500 1 500 A a Pe a A ne 0 500 0 000 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km _connector_1 kA I_connector_ 2 kA _total kAl lengine kA Figure 141 The short circuit simulation of the DC network The simulation is done as for the AC network The y axis is limited to 4000A as the current at the substation is very high and we are interested in the minimum short circuit current 5 4 3 3 Constant current As we can see in Figure 141 the minimum current is above 2500A Therefore we will do the consta
190. enPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 52 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Note The use of moving block is not recommended when running OpenTrack with OpenPowerNet A course following a slow course requests alternating maximum brake effort and maximum tractive effort over time and this spoil the load flow simulation If courses do not hinder each other the use of moving block is possible but the user needs to carefully analyse the effort requests for each course A warning message APS W 005 is generated for each time alternating effort requests are detected This may give the user a hint to look for the course following a slower course Note Check Use Curve Resistance in OpenTrack preferences to respect each curve in your track layout If this option is not set OpenTrack uses a mean radius to calculate driving resistance 4 4 5 Engine File This file acts as a library of engines and contains all information for a simulation It has to correspond with the OpenTrack engine data The engine ID is used for mapping the engine data between both programs The XML file observes the RailML Rolling Stock Schema 1 03 0PN 3 provided in the XML Catalog with key http www openpowernet de schemas rollingstock xsd The schema specification documentation is available at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet User Guide Table 4 to Table 7 list the data processed by ATM considering the engine models from Figure 11
191. ennen Me A o Figure 101 The OpenTrack infrastructure including tracks signals stations and power supply area After the infrastructure is built we need to define an engine and trains before we can configure the courses and a timetable Engine data e Name is Engine1 e Max effort is 250kKN e Max power is 5 56MW gt constant power is in the speed range from 80km h with 250kN to 250km h with 80kN e Propulsion system is AC 25kV 50Hz e For further details see Figure 102 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 105 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 penPowerNet 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 106 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 bi Engine Name Engine 1 Load ft 75 Resistance Factor 2 2999 Adh Load fi 75 Rot mass Factor 1 0599 Length m 25 Balise Telegram N Loop Telegram Speed max km h EEE pado Tass Tractive Effort max KN 250 Rack Traction Engine Engine 1 all 171 AC 10 k 50 Hz gt a AC25kV 50 Hz AC SOKV 50 Hz a DC Ran El Export Import Dupl Del Add Diagram Color m I Adhesion bad 80 normal 125 good 150 Loss Function Edit Selected Point v km h 80 Z KN 250 P mw 5 56 linear Visual Rectangle Speed max km h 270 Scale Tractive Effort max KN 270 Min kN 0 Autoscale Del Engine New Engine Set Data Save Depot New Depot Open Depot v Figure
192. enu IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 21 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 22 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 X Prepared Excel Files odbcDsn pscresults Y v rn ee Project File 1 2 Eul User DSN System DSN File DSN Drivers Tracing Connection Pooling About _ Database Database odbeDsn pscresults pscresults pscresults User Data Sources Name Driver OR localhost MySQL ODBC 5 2 Unicode Driver C JIQ gt Project File 2 pscresuts MySQL ODBC 5 2 Unicode Driver 3 remote MySQL ODBC 5 2 Unicode Driver Database Database odbcDsn localhost databaseSchema schema2 mm Project File 3 C Database schema2 coinemode HE Selection File C ic _ ODBCDSN remote E _ 5 ee F pp ata Database Simulation 3 2013 08 30 10 40 05 l TT schema3 Usecases Database at Database at local PC remote PC 1 The prepared Excel Files use always the ODBC DSN pscresults The Excel files display the results of database schema1 at local PC 2 The Project File 1 uses the same ODBC DSN as the prepared Excel files of usecase 1 and record the simulation data into database schema1 at local PC 3 The Project File 2 uses the ODBC DSN localhost with host defined as localhost and uses the data from database schema2 at local PC 4 The Project File 3 uses the ODBC DSN remote with host de
193. er Each trailer can be configured with a different constant auxiliary but only one delta load factor can be defined per train even the editing is possible at trailer see Figure 36 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 55 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 56 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Trains Edit xi Train Name Default Type Intercity Fast Train Category Category 1 ee Engine 1 amp 2r Load ft 75 Len m 25 Trailers 2 Trailer 1 3 Trailer 2 20 25 4 Trailara an 25 Z Load tt 260 Zen m 350 Resistance Equation ies Strahl Sauthoff Formula Sie Unit N Strings 0 0 below km h 0 0 Curve Roeckl Formula Standard Gauge Trains 100 0 _ Acceleration Train related Settings Max Acceleration m s 2 3 00 Max Drawbar Force kN Acc Delay s 0 0 Min Time to hold Speed s Deceleration Deceleration Function Default From km h To km h Dec m s 2 Dec St m s s o v max 0 60 0 60 Delete u Braked Weight Percentage BWP 100 a C1 C2 BWP cuf caf Ressut I Correct Deceleration on Gradients m s 2 e Min Dec m s 2 Max misr2 Default Dec Delay above kmh Cancel OK Figure 36 The OpenTrack train auxiliary definition The calculation of the delta
194. er Seren 15 3 4 cree eee ee ee 21 3 5 D tabaSe aenn a A rer rere rere nr rrrerererertrrterT tree 22 3 6 Balabase ask seine ee 22 3 7 Working directory es 23 3 8 PAP SEIV ON aeee aE EE EEEE EEEE 23 3 9 Advanced Train Motel sate achiodenatgiadaraeninteaarbietnadas 23 3 10 Power Supply Calculation sen ei a 30 3 11 Analysis Tool seie aa E EE 32 4 OpenPowerNet handling HH een 33 4 1 Folder SIRUGWING PEPRPRERPEPELBERPEREEHENFERBEBEBEEESEHEUFEREEEEEEBEBESERFERFESERFEEBEUEEBERFEUERFERREBER 33 4 2 For the output data structure refer to chapter 3 7 Configuration of DREI 33 4 3 Configuration of OpenPowerNet nern 34 4 3 1 KSB al DRSESSEDEVENPUENEDEDRWEDNAENPHEUE UIEDEERNUENS UEDESEURUESEUESREEDFDEERIRUEDERTIEDEEREIRERBERTUEBEUER 34 4 3 2 Analysen 36 4 3 3 APSErVE en een are 38 4 3 4 AM npn ae ee en re re eR eR ne ten eR tn Reese SESE ge 39 4 3 5 B 81112 PRENPEPBERBDEREUE reeete tree rere ntti iron fave ne te rere rr sr tnrrarer rere rere terete ty ferere rere rrre rrr rer 40 4 3 6 OBEN hes ee een 41 4 3 7 gh en eee terre eee 41 4 3 8 81911 1672 1 0 2 a sisisccescecseccnsassscececeanconsesasarcnecaecciceuasacieavneceapersecensaugeanpesnaneunseeree 42 4 3 9 PSG VIG WEN ars 44 4 4 Modelling a e mes aaa ee 47 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 3 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet TIL Institut fir Bahntechnik GmbH Page 4 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 1 Required tech
195. erent kinds of broken chainage a positive and a negative see Figure 206 distance 0 000 1 000 2 000 3 000 chainage 0 000 1 000 1 100 2 100 1 900 2 900 positive negative broken chainage broken chainage add 100m go back 200m Figure 206 The two kinds of broken chainage as example Each kind has to be handled different in OpenTrack and OpenPowerNet See Figure 207 for the PSC Viewer Diagram of the solution in OpenPowerNet The detailed description follows in the next chapters 0 000 1 000 1 100 2 100 Figure 207 The positive and negative broken chainage modelled in OpenPowerNet 6 1 1 Positive broken chainage Positive is easier to model than the other one According to the example in Figure 206 we just need in OpenTrack to set km 1 000 at one side of the double vertex and km 1 100 at the other side In OpenPowerNet we define conductors ending at km 1 000 and start new conductors at km 1 100 Then we have to connect the conductors with each other using low resistance connectors see the upper conductors in Figure 207 The Project File XML snippet shows the conductor and connector configuration of the example lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 1 recordCurrent true recordVoltage true gt lt Conductors gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition km 0 trackID up condName CW gt lt ToProperty x_m 0 y m 5 3 r20 Ohm km 0 2138 equivalentRadius_mm 4 4 toPos_km 1 000 temperatureCoefficient
196. es blue messages in the console IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 42 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 43 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 Enable sending ERROR messages red messages in the console Maximum messages included in one email Maximum WARNING messages included in one email Maximum ERROR messages included in one email The SMTP host of your email account used to send emails 9 The SMTP port of your email account 10 Time to give up trying to connect to the SMTP server 11 Time to give up waiting of response from SMTP server 12 Whether the SMTP server needs an authentication or not 13 The SMTP server email account user name only enabled if 12 is selected 14 The SMTP server password only enabled if 12 is selected 15 Your email address 16 The recipients email address multiple emails shall be separated by 17 Sending a test email Make sure to hit the Apply button after changing parameter before sending the test email CON OO IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 43 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 44 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3 9 PSC Viewer Preferences type Filter text PSC Yiewer General The preference page for the PSC viewer Help Install Update 1 PSC executable D isrc
197. es a R a i 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 26200 Sim 1 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 23 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 159 The pantograph voltage of course ABCI_01 for the AC network sim 1 and the regenerative braking simulation sim 23 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 160 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 161 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 l f t 1A 200 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Sim 23 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 23 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 160 The current of both courses during the regenerative braking simulation 5 7 5 Brake Current Limitation Tutorial This tutorial describes the configuration of the brake current limitation and show the effect of the simulations results 5 7 5 1 Configuration 5 7 5 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes 5 7 5 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 7 5 1 2 1 Engine File We will take the Engine File from the regenerative braking tutorial of chapter 5 7 4 as the basis We only need to add the brake current limit to the engine propulsion see the XML snippet below lt propulsion lt brakeCurrentLimitation gt lt
198. es of the following items e ChartTypes chart layout e g min max axis values curve colour weight style etc e TableTypes layout of tables e ImageTypes layout of magnetic field images e Strings Translation strings like substation transformer etc e Settings General settings for Excel etc Figure 94 shows the main elements of the file IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 97 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 98 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 OpenPowerHet Analysis ChartTypes EH i Connectors F ChartType H F Subatations EHH chartiype p 2 7 3 8 E o q et ImageType H 8 Figure 94 The AnalysisPresets File schema main elements The ChartType is defined per system e g 25kV 50Hz including the title and scaling of x axis y axis secondary y axis and horizontal lines Furthermore the chart type preset includes the definition of the items e g chart series or infeed and station markers Shared properties which are equal for all systems may be defined under element Common E attributes E attributes Charme 0 0 Figure 95 Elements of ChartType definition The XML snippet below shows an example defining the U_Panto f s chart type for the 25kV 50Hz power supply system as seen in Figure 96 lt Char
199. ested and achieved effort for course ABCI_01 in AC network sim 1 and 2AC network sim 7 All curves for our model are the same Therefore there will be no difference in the operational simulation in OpenTrack see Figure 130 As there is no difference in the effort therefore we may expect to have the same power demand for TSS_5 in both configurations IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 135 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 136 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 SumP Q S f t 14 00 7 12 00 10 00 8 00 4 6 00 P Q S 4 00 2 00 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 P _total MW Q_total MVAr S_total MVA Figure 131 The power demand of substation TSS_5 for the 2AC network Now we will compare the power demand for the AC network in Figure 115 with Figure 131 for the 2AC network using Excel File PowerSupply2AC xlsx We see the power demand for the 2AC network is much higher than for the AC network This is the case because for the AC network we have two substations and for the 2AC network only one substation and one auto transformer station Therefore TSS_5 has to supply the total power and losses in the 2AC network Another comparison can be done for the energy consumption Figure 132 shows the energy consumption of the AC netwo
200. ey p g r_open_Ohm r_close_Ohm CloseModels Lf OpenModels EZ H m Damuss voltage_V Damuss voltage_V Darmmss duration_s Voltage duration_s Elatrtutes Current G Figure 55 Elements and attributes of the VLD model definition in the TypeDefs File IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 69 of 232 current A Elatmues current_A duration_s DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 70 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 BusbarType Figure 56 Elements and attributes of the VLD model definition in the Project File Defining the Model The VLD model is defined by a Close Model which describes the conditions for closing the VLD and an Open Model which describes the conditions for opening The VLD is closed using a low resistance and open by using a high resistance between the reference and measuring busbar The following Close Models are available e Voltage The VLD closes as soon as the defined voltage would be exceeded e VoltageDuration The VLD closes when the defined voltage level is exceeded for a defined time interval The following OpenModels are available e Timer To open the VLD after a specific time period If the close condition is stil
201. file name if necessary If you have configured a Switch File it might be interesting to choose a specific simulation time step Click Finish to start the generation of the ui file 3 E OPN Project Yiewer File This wizard creates a new file with ui extension that is used for the PSC Viewer Please select the folder and set the name of the new file Container Links OPN_Projects examples Samplel Browse Eile name Sample_Network xml ui Simulation time step 00 00 00 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 17 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 L LA OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 18 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 A progress dialog with progress bar opens and more detailed information will be displayed in a console view PS Project Explorer 32 E B v0 S e gt OPN_Projects cvs dd bahntechnik de 4 Gh 518310_5ZU_Umstromung H E gt AC Ey DC Gy gt examples Gy gt Samplei Ey gt OTData Gy gt OTDacuments 4 Gy gt 0TOutput B gt Sample_Network xml 1 3 PSC is generating ui file amp D Sample_Network xml ui 3 B gt Sample_RST xml 1 1 Gy gt SingleLine 3 gt Storage_simple Gy Lib B APserver_log txt E ATM_log txt ER PSC_log txt Progress Information Cancel SC Viewer OpenPowerNet 1 1 0 b5 Module PSC built Apr 11 2009 14 49 49 Institut fuer Bahntechnik GmbH generate XMI for Viewer D OPN
202. fined as another PC and uses the data from database schema2 5 The Selection File choose the simulation 3 in schema3 at the remote PC Figure 9 The use of ODBC by OpenPowerNet schema schema odbcDsn remote databaseSchema schema2 ODE e the indicated data provider A User data source is only visible to y and can only be used on the current machine 3 5 Database A database is used to store the simulation results for later visualisation and analysis The detailed database documentation can be found in the Help System under OpenPowerNet User Guide gt Database It is possible to write the current of conductors and connectors as well as the voltage of nodes to dump files After the simulation is finished the user has to upload these dump files to the database using the functionality provided by the GUI Note The user has to upload the dump files before a new simulation starts Since version 1 5 1 the dump files does not speed up the simulation as the database data recording was improved Thus the use of dump files is not any longer recommended but the recording directly into the database 3 6 Database tasks All simulation results are stored in a database This database needs to be maintained by the user The following tasks are available via the GUI Create new database schema RF Upload dump files into database only available in context menu at Project File Export data from database on
203. for DC networks is a very low resistance e g 0 0010hm km For AC networks the earth conductor model depends on the nominal frequency f Hz and specific earth resistance p Nm The equivalent radius r m vertical position y m and resistance R2 N km are calculated as below 0 738 24 N ae Az Ho Dr Y Tea Pr 1000 20 2 T g Teq 805m 465m y if top of rail is Om 805m 465m Ry 0 01230 km 0 03680 km Table 25 Example earth conductor parameter 6 6 How to model Conductor Switch or Isolator Open ConductorSwitch and Isolator elements in OpenPowerNet are basically just conductors with a fixed resistiance of 1 MOhm Their wire length is 1 m starting at the given position Therefore to create the closest connectors before and after a ConductorSwitch or Isolator these connectors have to be placed at the particular position and 1 m behind 6 7 How to model uncommon power supply systems There are a number of default power supply systems but there may be the need to model another system This is possible by modifying 2 files Engine File Modify the value at railml rollingstock vehicles vehicle engine propulsion supply and follow the structure as of the default values Project File IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 229 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 230 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Modify the val
204. g Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName LF lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_5 Rails Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substation name TSS_80 gt lt Rectifier name R1 internalResistance Ohm 0 01 nomVoltage_kv 3 3 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 141 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 142 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 energyRecovery false gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z_real_Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Rectifier gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_ 80 OCS Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_80_OCS gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name TSS_ 80 LF Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_80_LF gt lt Position condName LF lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB gt lt Connector name TSS 80 Rails Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 g
205. g a line and choose Add chart IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 90 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 91 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 definition from context menu At the chart definition one or many locations are created by selecting a chart definition and choose Add chart location and time EE Analysis sel 33 E Analysis sel 53 4 Tutorial AC Network default 4 E Network A C 4 Tutorial AC Network default ei Line A a EI Network A C eee E 15 0 15 m Line A dB Add chart location and time HE Add chart definition IX Remove chart definition Figure 82 Creating chart definition and location for Magnetic Field K a E Analysis sel 53 4 Tutorial AC Network default None double track a E Network A C 4 bet Line A Style ISO Value Limit 200 0 ET double track 15 0 15 0 2 0 13 0 ree FieldType B Field gt Factor 1 0 Grid m 01 x min m 15 0 x max m 15 0 y min m 2 0 y max m 13 0 General Lines 4 Connectors 6 Substations 16 Magnetic Field 0 Currents 0 Voltages 0 Figure 83 Magnetic field chart definition details The chart definition specifies general settings of the diagram e Name a text to distinguish multiple chart definitions its not displayed at the generated diagram e Styl
206. g because the storage is only charged by the regenerative braking 5 7 11 1 Configuration 5 7 11 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 with long trains 5 7 11 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the DC tutorial in chapter O as the basis 5 7 11 1 2 1 Engine File The engine model has to be extended by regeneration and the storage modelling lt propulsion supply DC 3000V transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 the following attributes are added totalBrakeEfficiency 90 maxBrakePower 5560 maxBrakeEffort 250 maxRecoveryVoltage 3600 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt tractiveCurrentLimitation gt lt valueTable xValueName line voltage xValueUnit V yValueName current yValueUnit A gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 2700 gt lt values yValue 2000 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 177 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 178 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt tractiveCurrentLimitation gt lt propulsion gt The definition of the energy storage lt storage name S ImaxUnload_A 1000 maxLoad_kWh 50
207. g rail resistance compared to the DC resistance as well as an influence on the impedance Because of the commonly unknown B H curve of the rail material the impedance can be estimated by choosing current and frequency dependant values for the inner parameters of the rails For the description of the current dependent running rail impedance components two different data sources are available The first data source is based on an analytical model The model describes the shape of the running rail as a cylinder and then calculates the resistance and the reactance based on analytic mathematical functions Bessel Specific values of this model are marked with the index S1 in the following figures The second data IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 226 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PT OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 227 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 source is based on measurements The results are prepared by empirical formulas which are published e g in the book Contact Lines for Electrical Railways Planning Design Implementation Specific values of this data source are marked with the index S2 in the following figures The values referring to the sources 1 and 2 are show in dependency of current in the following figures 0 16 T T r T T T T r T T T T r T 7 T i Fg 16 7 Hal ptt t R ge X g 16 7 Hz oral Cah i H X gol16 7 Hz f 0 12
208. g the attribute xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation See the example XML snippet below lt XML Root Elemen xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation the xml schema xsd gt lt XML Root Elemen gt See chapter 3 2 for a detailed description how to create a new XML File The project specific modelling files describe the engines the used engine model the definition of power supply the electrical network and optionally the switch states of the electrical network IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 47 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 48 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The project specific files that are used for simulation are configured in the root element of the Project File The Project File and these referenced files are read every time a simulation has started Hence it is not necessary to restart OpenPowerNet after changing the name or content of a project specific file 4 4 1 Required technical data Track alignment and signalling Track layout Chainage Longitudinal declination begin end gradient sign Begin and end of single or multiple track sections Position of switches crossings and junctions Begin end and radius of bending curves Begin and end of tunnels Begin and end of different track types and rail profiles Position and kind of signals and signalling sections Operational data Position of passenger stations and s
209. gnal Station A at km 0 200 Exit signal at km 0 400 Gradient of 10 from km 1 400 to 2 400 Gradient of 0 from km 2 400 to 6 750 Gradient of 5 from km 6 750 to km 8 750 Gradient of 0 from km 8 750 to the end of the line Home signal at km 9 650 Turnout at km 9 750 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 104 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 105 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e Exit signals on both tracks at km 9 800 e Station B at km 10 000 with two tracks e Exit signals on both tracks at km 10 200 e Turnout at km 10 250 e Home signal at km 10 350 set sight distance to 10000m to prevent braking of courses while approaching the signal e Exit signal at km 85 000 e Station C at km 85 200 e End of line and exit signal at km 85 400 e Line speed is 75km h from km 0 000 to 10 350 and 200km h until km 84 400 e Power supply area of AC 25kV 50 Hz The line name is A and the track name is 1 Only the siding in Station B has the track name 2 but the same line name Group the station areas and create all routes paths and itineraries The courses shall run from Station A via track 2 in Station B to Station C and from Station C via track 1 in Station B to Station A Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit Station A Station B Station C Oy A iy TT TT T 40 1 1 1 ja ERBE R
210. gure 41 Example ATM configuration of one engine in the Project File in Altova XMLSpy grid view This example uses a very detailed calculation with all propulsion components as efficiency curves for the AC 25kV 50Hz propulsion system The propulsion system for AC 15kV 16 2 3Hz is configured with a minimum recovery braking speed of 5km h The example engine has also an energy storage configured see Figure 41 It is possible to delay the acceleration of engines after energization e g when line power resumes after a failure by a delay distribution to model the individual driver behaviour The delay is only active for engines with main switch on The main switch is operated by OpenTrack Power Signals The delay duration is defined by a distribution see chapter 4 4 7 11 The delay is enabled if attribute accelerationDelayAfterEnergization is defined at element OpenPowerNet The delay distribution of a simulation is visualized by the prepared Excel File EngineDelay xlsx IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 59 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 60 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 2 Engine Energy Storage Each engine can be configured with multiple energy storages The engine energy storage has two models for loading e saver regenerated energy utilisation energy storage saver model E resistor E catenary max AkW m energy storage ma
211. he line lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x_m 0 y m 5 3 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 9 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition
212. hen we compare the diagrams in Figure 156 and Figure 155 there seems to be a contradiction The tractive effort between 65km h and 80km h is lower than expected This is because of the limited adhesion of the engine We use the good adhesion used for the simulation in OpenTrack see Figure 157 The adhesion type can be set using the Simulation panel of OpenTrack see Figure 107 Ss AC_Network depot O Tutorial 01_AC_ Network G1Date Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit ONA Figure 157 Tractive effort versus speed characteristic in OpenTarck engine model For the speed below 65km h and above 80km h we can see clearly the effect of the used table model compared with the maximum power maximum effort model of the default AC network simulation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 158 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 159 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 7 3 Tractive Current Limitation Tutorial Please see the DC tutorial in chapter 0 for an example of tractive current limitation 5 7 4 Regenerative Braking Tutorial In this tutorial we will learn how to configure the OpenPowerNet engine model to use regenerative braking The engine model shall be defined by maximum brake power and maximum brake effort The values shall be the same as for traction 5 7 4 1 Configuration 5 7 4 1 1 OpenTrack We will
213. hiclelD Project File Vehicle enginelD Engine energy storage Engine Engine File storage name Project File Storage name Conductor Track StartPosition condName Connector none Connector name Connector between none NegativeFeederBBConnector name negative feeder busbars Connector between OCS none OCSBBConnector name busbars Connector between rails none RailsBBConnector name busbars Leakage none Leakage name Line Network Line name Network Project Network name Rectifier Substation Rectifier name Slice none ConnectorSlice name IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 50 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 g OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 51 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Storage Substation Storage name Substation Network Substation name Switch Project Switch name VLD Substation Project File VLD name VLD Type VLDTypes TypeDefs File VLDType name none Merger name Distribution PiecewiseLinearDistribution name Table 3 The naming conventions of the model elements versus scope 4 4 4 OpenTrack During creation of the OpenTrack project the following constraints need to be considered e Direction of edges has to be continuous from lower to higher km point e Chainage has to be positive e Set km point of each double vertex e Set length of all edges matching the km points of the vertices e Set line ID of all edges e Set track
214. iceDistance_km recordCurrent recordVoltage Conductors E Conductor E Conductor 4 E Substations 4 E Substation name TwoWindingTransformer Busbars a E Substation 3 4 E 4 name OCSBBConnector z_real Ohm z_imag_Ohm Busbarfrom bbName e BusbarTo bbName Switch Content TestNetwork2 true merge_nw2 TestNetworkl This Merger will add this network configuration line2 including TSS2 connectors to linel and one OCS busbar connectors to network TestNetworkl a true 0 001 10 track linel 10 track line2 line2 01 true true TSS2 TSS1 0 001 0 000 ocsbbl ocsbb2 Figure 59 This example shows how to merge two networks into one network The merge parameters provide the functionality to merge two networks of the project file into one network This merged network will be used during the whole simulation This is for example useful for simulation of failure scenarios e g Transformer1 in TSS1 of Network TestNetwork 1 need to supply also the neighbour section in Network TestNetwork 2 due to switched off Transformer2 in TSS1 The example configuration in Figure 59 adds to network TestNetwork 1 the following IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx the connection between line1 and line2 the line2 the OCS busbar connection in TSS1 the substation TSS2
215. ifier data feeder cable characteristic e Switch position and default state e Engine effort speed diagram or maximum power amp maximum effort efficiency auxiliary power As editor for the XML Files the OpenPowerNet included XML editor is recommended see chapter 3 2 Any other text editor can be used as well but for convenience it should be an XML Editor that can use an XML Schema to evaluate the XML File and gives editing support IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 103 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PH OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 104 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 1 AC Network Tutorial In this tutorial we will create the models of a single line to learn how to set up a simple OpenTrack and OpenPowerNet co simulation These models will also be the basis for most of the other tutorials The line shall have three stations and a 25kV 50Hz AC power supply system with two substations We will have two kinds of trains and a very simple timetable with four courses Never the less we will have an interesting simulation with OpenPowerNet and we will compare the normal operation with a failure scenario 5 1 1 Configuration 5 1 1 1 OpenTrack The first step in OpenTrack is to create a new set of preferences To do so first save the set with a new name and then set the path and file names see Figure 100 for details Selected Set C Open Doc OpenTrack Home D
216. ight Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 5 2 Simulation We need only to simulate the long trains to see effect of the brake current limitation Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 5 3 Analysis We use Excel tool Compare Two Engines to compare the simulation results from tutorial regenerative braking and this tutorial Figure 161 shows the limited brake current to 50A 1 A l f t 200 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 Sim 23 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 24 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 161 The current of course CBAI_01 without sim 23 and with sim 24 brake current limitation to 50A IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 162 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 163 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 28000 7 U f t 27800 27600 27400 27200 UMN 27000 26800 26600 26400 7 26200 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 Sim 23 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 24 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 162 The pantograph voltage of course CBAI_01 witout sim 23 and with sim 24 brake current limitation The pantograph voltage
217. ight Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 4 2 Simulation We need only to simulate the long trains to see effect of the regenerative brake IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 159 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 160 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 4 3 Analysis The regenerative brake will only affect the simulation results during braking In Figure 158 we can see the times of braking In Figure 159 we can see very well the higher pantograph voltage from course ABCI_01 during the braking time of course ABCI_01 as well as course CBAI_01 v f t 250 200 u BQ ee SERRARA LEER EREPEREERBRRLTLELEERDERERE DEREL EEE DEPEREELLL ELLE ERLPEPE ARE BEERBERF ELLE EE ERS i i i gt 1 100 4f Bananen pa a es 50 denen pt pn Bananen 0 i i 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Sim 23 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 23 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 158 The speed versus time diagram of the courses in the regenerative brake simulation U f t 28000 27800 27600 27400 27200 UN 27000 26800 26600 26400 a
218. ignal related stopping points Permissible speed profiles Stopping times at stations turning times at termini Time table of all line sections including internal rides Train types train configuration and loading grade per section Operation concept incl special operational scenarios Vehicle data Vehicle or train mass empty laden Adhesion mass Maximum speed Driving resistance formula Factor for rotating mass Engine energy storage characteristic Propulsion characteristics as follows Traction force and braking force characteristics related to running speed Information about voltage related current or power limitation of the propulsion control Maximum average power consumption of the auxiliary systems lighting air condition heating Maximum recuperation voltage Power supply system and conductor data Type of substation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 48 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 49 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e Nominal voltage e Position of substations connection points to the power grid e Feeding scheme sectioning inclusive chainage e Busbar voltage of the substations line side no load and nominal load e Number length and cross section of feeding and return current cables from substation to track or connections from track to track e Position of feeding points
219. ik GmbH Page 164 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 To be able to compare the different auxiliary models we do 5 simulations The first without auxiliary power and then one by one the different models As the short trains have less auxiliary power of the trailers we will use only the short trains to show clearly the effect of the engine auxiliary 5 7 6 1 Configuration 5 7 6 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCs_02 and CBAs_02 with short trains 5 7 6 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 5 7 6 1 2 1 Engine File In the Engine File we need to specify the maximum braking power and effort as well as the 4 different available auxiliary models In the XML snippet below we see the constant auxiliary power and as comments the other three auxiliary power models An XML comment is always between lt and gt lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 maxBrakePower 5560 We need to set the braking maximum power maxBrakeEffort 250 maximum brake effort and maxRecoveryVoltage 29000 gt maximum recovery voltage lt auxSupply typeStr constant power constPower
220. ined in attribute r_close_ohmis used Here an example of a VLD as a XML snippet of the TypeDefs File lt VLDTypes gt lt VLDType name U I r_ close Ohm 0 001 r_ open Ohm 10000 gt lt CloseModels gt lt Voltage voltage _V 120 gt lt CloseModels gt lt OpenModels gt lt Current current_A 0 gt lt OpenModels gt lt VLDType gt lt VLDTypes gt Using the Model The VLD is used within the Project File at the substation and connected between two busbars There is no constraint to use a specific busbar type The VLD model is defined in the TypeDefs File and referenced in the Project File by the attribute type Following XML snippet of a Project File corresponds with the example above lt Substation name 16 000 gt lt VLD name type U I comment for positive exceeding voltage gt lt MeasuringBusbar bbName E gt lt ReferenceBusbar bbName R gt lt VLD gt lt VLD name type U I comment for negative exceeding voltage gt lt MeasuringBusbar bbName R gt lt ReferenceBusbar bbName E gt lt VLD gt lt Busbars gt lt RailsBB bbName E gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 000 gt The connector to earth conductor lt Position km 16 000 trackID h condName E lineID Linie 01 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt RailsBB bbName R gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 000 gt The connector to a rail conductor lt Position km 16 000 track
221. ion psc exe realises the electrical network calculation the Advanced Train Model atm exe is responsible for the engine calculation and the APserver apserver exe is the communication interface among the OpenPowerNet modules themselves and to OpenTrack The configuration of the three modules is done within the Graphical User Interface GUI The simulation specific configuration data is stored in XML files and read at the beginning of a simulation The GUI is used to control the simulation to provide access to the analysis tools and to do tasks related to the database It also provides the PSC Viewer a tool to create a graphical representation of the electrical network The resulting data of a simulation is stored in a database The visualisation and analysis of simulation results use the data from the database in post processing Gayo e xmi aap Envi Cel Pier fim omer le xmi i Modelling Analysis pz Preset File OPENSTRACK nn U 1 eb Simulation IE Database H Visualisation I l ee l election File I I penPowerNet l Figure 2 OpenPowerNet workflow and application structure IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 11 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowerNet 7 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 12 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 3 1
222. ion name TSS_5 gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer name T1 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 55 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB 1 z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS cE T1 _ocs defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 1 z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS 5 T1 _Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF BB 1 z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5_T1_NF defaultState close gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer name T2 nomPower_MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 55 noLoadLosses _kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_ BB 2 z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS a T2 OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB_2 z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5_T2_Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF_BB_2 z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5_T2_NF defaultState close gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer gt lt
223. ions we will also run an additional constant current simulation with 1000A for the AC network U f s 30000 20000 p 7 15000 4 gt 10000 ET Te a a Te 0 j i i 4 4 4 4 4 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 9 Course constant current Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 10 Course constant current Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 135 The constant current with 1000A causes a voltage drop down to less than 10kV at the end of the line in the 2AC network sim 9 The AC network with a constant current of 1000A is from simulation 10 As we can see in the diagram above the line voltage drops much more for this 2AC configuration as it does for AC 5 3 3 4 Failure scenario For the failure scenario the same configuration tasks as for the AC network have to be done but we need to specify the Switch File from chapter 5 3 1 2 3 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 138 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 139 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f t 30000 20000 4 En nn nn Pe 145000 2 nen panna een nnn eee nee ene eee ee eta Rates ia bate tele So aetna Soo teeaa sd gt s i 10000 5000 nn Dr EEE a Bm nn Stet pee ae ae re ST Ha Be Geese Sa aec eens 0 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30
224. ir Change Preferences Path U VLibrary OpenTrack Itinerary Information OAq1_AC_Network OTData AC_Networkdest Search Engine Depat O 01_AC_Network OTData AC_Network depat Search Trains O40 1_AC_Network OTData AC_Network trains Search Courses O40 1_AC_Network OTData AC_Network courses Search Stations O 0 1_AC_Network OTData AC_Network stations Search Timetable ONO 1_AC_Network OTDatas AC_Network timetable Search Output Path O40 1_AC_Network OTOutput Search 1 ReiheR aj __Delete 2 Reihe A Add Saving W Create Backup Files I Autosave every 10 Minutes Drawing Sound Highlight sel Edges M Show Switch Pos M Toggle Windows F Use Vertex Edge Tooltips F Use Sound Legend Legend WEINE Name LU a Category 1 Conflicts Braking for Route Braking for Route v Braking for Signal Braking for Signal 7 Rrakina for Annrnach Asnert Rrakinn far Annrnarh Asnert m Train Diagram W Category Color planned X Dashed Line planned Pattern Occupation Calculation M Use Curve Resistance M Use Switch Time and Route Res Time ETCS Level 2 Comm Period s 5 Optimiz Period s so Optimize Train Sequence ETCS Level 3 Safety Margin m 0 0 Export Import Load Set from Dir Delete Set Save Setas Cancel Figure 100 OpenTrack preferences The next step is to create the track layout signals stations and power supply area The detailed track data is Start at km 0 with home si
225. istance_km 0 1 recordCurrent true recordVoltage true gt lt Conductors gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition km 1 900 trackID up condName CW gt lt ToProperty x_m 0 y m 5 3 r20 Ohm _km 0 2138 equivalentRadius_mm 4 4 toPos_km 3 000 temperatureCoefficient 0 00381 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition km 1 900 trackID up condName R gt lt ToProperty x_m 0 y m 0 r20_Ohm km 0 0164 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 toPos_km 3 000 temperatureCoefficient 0 0047 temperature GradCelsius 40 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt Line gt lt Connectors gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 0001 z_imag Ohm 0 0 gt lt ConductorFrom km 2 100 trackID up condName CW lineID A gt lt ConductorTo km 1 900 trackID up condName CW lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 0001 z_ imag Ohm 0 0 gt lt ConductorFrom km 2 100 trackID up condName R lineID A gt lt ConductorTo km 1 900 trackID up condName R lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt Connectors gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 225 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 226 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 6 2 How to organise the files and folders See chapter 5 0 6 3 How to calculate the equivalent radiu
226. itation Tutorial c seceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 159 5 7 4 Regenerative Braking Tutorial 4444444444HH Henne 159 5 75 Brake Current Limitation Tutorial ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 161 5 7 6 Auxiliary Power Tutorial essen 163 5 7 7 Eddy Current Brake Tutorial cc ssesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeess 168 5 7 8 Mean Efficiency Model Tutorial He eee 171 5 7 9 Efficiency Table Model Tutorial 2 2 222 222 42244444444444440000000000000 171 5 7 10 Single Component Model Tutorial 444444444HRRRRRRnnn nn nn nenn 173 5 7 11 Engine Energy Storage Tutorial 177 5 8 Network Model Tuto mal Si cicicetssicccssinscaneceiencharts cavaneeicimenninareeiertandiads 180 5 8 1 SUbstallans TUMOMAl o t sciesanisied santsadeseed EE E E 180 5 8 2 Neutral Zone Tuer 187 5 8 3 AC DC Networks Tutorial 22444444444444Rnnnnn nennen nnnnnnnnnnnnnne nn 193 5 8 4 Network with Multiple Lines Points and Crossings Tutorial 200 5 8 5 Turning Eoops Tlolal een 211 6 BAD ee een 224 6 1 How to deal with broken chainage uzsssssssnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 224 6 1 1 Positive broken chainage nee 224 6 1 2 Negative broken chainage 2 2 2444444444000000000nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 225 6 2 How to organise the files and folders 2222222422snnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 226
227. l valid one time step with open VLD occur in the simulation results Thus there will be one time step with exceeding voltage e Voltage To open the VLD as soon as the voltage at the closed VLD is less than specified e VoltageDuration To open the VLD when the defined voltage level is below the defined value for a defined time interval e Current Opens the VLD as soon as the current level is lower than the defined value e CurrentDuration Opens the VLD when the current level was continuous lower than a defined value Exactly one Open and one Close Model need to be defined The VLD has four different states e OPEN This is the default state and uses the resistance defined in attribute r_open_ohm IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 70 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 71 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e CLOSE When the VLD is close This state is modelled with the resistance defined in attribute r close ohm e WAIT_CLOSE This occurs only for the Close Model VoltageDuration in case the Voltage level is exceeded but the defined duration is not exceeded During this state the resistance defined in attribute r open _ohm is used e WAIT_OPEN This occurs only for the Open Model CurrentDuration and VoltageDuration when the Current Voltage is lower than defined but the defined duration is not exceeded During this state the resistance def
228. lastPos_km 10 250 maxDistance km 0 5 gt This slice defines the same as above for track 2 lt Connector z real Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 85 4 maxDistance km 1 gt As the rails are connected we define a slice with connectors between both rails of track 1 every 1000m along the whole track lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 maxDistance km 0 5 gt And the same as above for track 2 lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt Now we have to define the leakage of the rails to earth lt Leakages gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 85 4 yReal S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 110 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3
229. latm psc build yc win32 release psc exe OpenPowerNet Way ht T 2psc working directory D OPN_WorkingDir_Eclipse _ Browse m PSC Viewer Diagram 3 Force showing PSC output in console view 4 V normalise xmi generation only nodes relevant For PSC Viewer will be generated Restore Defaults Apply Figure 31 General configuration of PSC Viewer 1 Set the executable Click at the Browse button and select the psc exe from the installation directory The psc exe will be used to generate the ui file 2 The PSC working directory This directory is used by the application to save several files 3 Whether to force to show the console output while generating the ui file or not In any case some information will be send to console with name OPN 4 Whether the xmi generation ui file shall be normalised or not A normalised file contains only relevant nodes e g a property of a conductor changed a node with a connector A ui file not normalised contains all nodes this will slow down the handling of the diagram IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 44 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 45 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The PSC Viewer default layout is used to lay out the nodes of a network in the diagram These values are necessary because the OpenPowerNet project file has no information about layout Th
230. lay Scenario None Simulation Run o 4 ai Mean Delay s o oo Performance 100 Misc T Keep Occupations I Optimize Dispatching I Pause if Sig Stop s gt Animation M Show Train MID TiDescr M Delay XXL S Sec M Show Current Time M Show Messages M Show Instruments Stat Step Pause Stop o a E Figure 107 OpenTrack simulation panel settings Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 1 3 Analysis 5 1 3 1 Default configuration For a quick overview we will use the delivered Excel Files To get a feeling of the minimum voltage we will use the file EngineAll xlsx This file is available via menu OpenPowerNet gt Excel tools gt All Engines As the file is quite big be patient until the file is open and then select the simulation and update the data from the database into the Excel File see also Figure 75 You can see the line voltage and pantograph current versus the time in Figure 108 We see the no load voltage is 27 5kV and the minimum line voltage at pantograph position is about 26 4kV at 01 26 00 Furthermore we see the pantograph current does not exceed 250A IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 115 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PT OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 116 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f t 27600 300 Ae E un E i i i 250 le 27200 2
231. le IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 95 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet w 22 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 96 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 EB Analysis sel 3 m 4 Tutorial AC Network default 4 E Network A C Position at slice km 10 000 Z 4 m Line A Select Conductors in row 211203000 All l Contact Wire Messenger Wire Rail Negative Feeder Feeder Return Feeder Earth Delete Rows Track 4 4 1 4 2 Designation 2 CW E MW RL RR cw MW RL RR General Lines 4 Connectors 6 Substations 16 Magnetic Field 1 Currents 6 Voltages 3 PWN L Figure 91 The Voltages selection details The voltage is calculated between a reference conductor I and a selected conductor 55 Available chart types are e U f t voltage versus time see Figure 92 e U TRLPC_min minimum voltage as Time Rated Load Periods Curve see chapter 6 16 see Figure 93 e U TRLPC_max maximum voltage as Time Rated Load Periods Curve Conductor Voltage Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 000 60 Voltage V 30 20 10 7 0 T T T T T T T T T 01 00 00 01 05 00 01 10 00 01 15 00 01 20 00 01 25 00 01 30 00 01 35 00 01 40 00 01 45 00 Time U_1_RL 1_E U_1_RR 1_E Figure 92 Exam
232. le 6 2 3 1 xml OpenPowerNet File Edit Source Navigate Search Project Run OpenPowerNet Window Help Fir SES M LE ETA O EOMER SP Br rw eror Quick Access E B OPN X XML E Project Expl 2 5 X Project File 6 2 3 1 xml 53 B Outline 23 3 Y amp Vv lt PSC gt a 22 xml iB Test irra eee use true voltage_kV 25 frequency_Hz 5 ret 4 E OpenPowerNet name Tutorial AC lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 1 gt 3 e am lt Conductors gt 2B PE lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt 4 e Network name A C n condName W trackID 1 km gt 4 E Lines ty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r2 4 E Linename A lt Conductor gt i m 4 E Conductors lt Conductor type Contacthire gt lt StartPosition Attribute type lt ToProperty toP ContactWire The type of the conductor lt Conductor gt arth lt Conductor ne eeder Data Type string MessengerWire Enumerated Values NegativeFeeder ContactWire Ei en MessengerWire ail Rail eturnFeeder NegativeFeeder p Feeder 4 m E ee ReturnFeeder Design Source Earth unknown 9 Documentation E A Attribute type Press Ctri Space to show XML Template Proposals The type of the conductor A py TET OPTIONS TOIETaNCEgrag UUC Data Type string Enumerated Values ContactWire MessengerWire 5 Rail NegativeFeeder Feeder
233. le new wizard step three and four Click next select the root element and if multiple namespace information are listed delete all without location hint and click finish see Figure 7 p New XML File Select Root Element Select the root element of the XML file Root element OpenPowerNet Content options E Create optional attributes Create optional elements Limit optional element depth to V Create first choice of required choice I Fill elements and attributes with data Namespace Information Prefix Namespace Name lt Back L lt no prefix gt lt no namespace name gt Next Location Hint http www openpower Edit Delete Einish Cancel Figure 7 Create XML File new wizard last step The XML editor shows a tooltip when placing the mouse over an element or attribute and shows a description and enumeration values if applicable When editing an attribute with enumeration the editor shows all available values in a context menu The context menu opens when pressing Ctrl Space see Figure 8 The editing support helps also to add attributes by pressing Ctrl Space IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 14 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Page 15 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 XML Test 20_User_Manual Tutorial 01_AC_Network OPNData Project Fi
234. len in Ihre Abfrage einzuschlie en k nnen Sie die Daten filtern Klicken Sie auf Weiter wenn die Daten nicht sortiert werden sollen Zu filternde Spalte Nur Zeilen einschlie en in denen OPNversion a timeStep_s C Und Sf Wrd C O lt Zur ck Abbrechen Figure 70 Click next do not filter any data IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 82 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 83 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Query ssistent Sortierreihenfolge x Geben Sie an wie die Daten sortiert werden sollen Klicken Sie auf Weiter wenn die Daten nicht sortiert werden sollen Sortieren nach 2 OE C Absteigend dann nach C Ahsteint C Aber Jeni BZ lt Zur ck Abbrechen Figure 71 Select id in the upper combo box to sort by the column id of table sim Query Assistent Fertig stellen x Wie soll fortgefahren werden C Daten an Microsoft Excel zur ckgeben Abfrage speichern C Einen OLAP Cube aus dieser Abfrage erstellen lt Zur ck Fertig stellen Abbrechen Figure 72 Select the centre radio button and click finish IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 83 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Oa SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 84 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 finish 2006 06 15 1156 49 2006 06 15 12 05 42
235. load auxiliary is according to the following formula Poux Adelta load x Mceurrent Merain model The current train mass Meyrrent can be modified at each stop in the OpenTrack timetable definition see Figure 37 The delta load value changes always M urrent based on the current value For instance the course in Figure 37 has a total mass Mirain mode1 Of 100t In station A the current mass changes to 120t 20t and in station B to 110t 10t So the current mass from station A to B is 120t and from station B to station C 110t ABCI_01 B 208 01 09 00 ABCIO1 C 01 49 07 HH MM SS Show Conn Course Ins Connection Del Connection Interval 6 Courses 18 Entries Course ID 2 Actual Course ID fo ABCLON z Detta Time 01 00 00 Ref Course iD ABCs_02 Keep Interval References i fang P7 Keep Interval Ref for Delays an iitatueng I Update Courses Services Train Speedtype Reine R Create 1 Courses Train Category Category 1 M Show Operations F Show Day I Show Use Departure Time F Show Stationnames M Show act Data Adjust I Show Distribution Name T Show Stops only I Show Delay Colors M Show Delta Load sync Delete Update SaveDB Add Move Sort Show All Show Figure 37 OpenTrack delta load configuration at timetable The auxiliary defined for a whole train OpenTrack train are equally distributed to all engines of the train IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 56 of
236. lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 km 0 650 to track 2 km 0 450 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 0 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 km 0 650 to track 2 km 0 450 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 0 450 gt lt Connector gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 215 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 216 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag
237. lues yValue 91 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 150 gt lt values yValue 91 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 250 gt lt values yValue 88 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt lt tractiveVehicleEfficiency gt lt brakeVehicleEfficiency gt The efficiency for braking lt valueTable xValueName Speed xValueUnit km h yValueName Efficiency yValueUnit gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 40 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 10 gt lt values yValue 75 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 85 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 50 gt lt values yValue 88 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 80 gt lt values yValue 91 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 150 gt lt values yValue 91 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueLine xValue 250 gt lt values yValue 88 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt lt brakeVehicleEfficiency gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt 5 7 9 1 2 2 Project File In the Project File we need to set only the regenerative brake and to specify the efficiency model lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort Set
238. ly from local host w Import data into database P Rename database a Drop database and Drop simulation from a database IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 22 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 23 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The dialog for all database tasks is similar The required parameter are the host port and user name see Figure 10 Create new OpenPowerNet database Database Host localhost Port 3306 User name opndbusr Password Schema name pscresults ame Figure 10 Create new database dialog 3 7 Working directory The folders and files in the working directory are created by OpenPowerNet during simulation Only the working directory itself needs to be created manually and specified in OpenPowerNet preferences Window gt Preferences gt OpenPowerNet Working directory structure OPN WorkingDir Project Name Network NetworkName Containing network matrices and model text files data Containing the dump files 3 8 APserver The APserver is the communication server of OpenPowerNet This server is the interface to railway simulation programs like OpenTrack ATM and PSC do not communicate directly with other programs The APserver manages the iteration of electrical network and engine simulation as well as the actual course status It is als
239. m 450 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt Set the recording option for the connector slices and leakage to false lt ConnectorSlices recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 183 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 184 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Leakages recordCurrent false recordVoltage false gt After we finished the wrong configuration we will do the right configuration Copy the just created Project File and add the following Add both Feeder and ReturnFeeder conductors left and right of the substation lt Conductor type Feeder gt The left feeder with the properties same as a rail lt StartPosition condName LF 1 trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 1 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 4 Make sure to set the cross section for each conductor to a unique location y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Feeder gt The right feeder lt StartPosition condName LF r trackID 1 km 5 1 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 6 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm _ km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 2 y m 0 gt lt Condu
240. min Energy Storage Nvacive Mean Power Nregenerative mean use true false load models saver recovery unload models panto_l_max storage_P_max storage_P_aux storage_P_traction storage_P_traction_ratio n none mean f load f U P f Prraxtoad Pmaxunioad maxtoad gt Imaxunioad Frractive f v HF a Pax Fotos none f v HF na P max use true false Pax Pi anak P x or Pie F Poonst and or Recast and or Prraking and or Roraking aux_OT aa fasten Pen Prscita 10a Prratter configuration options of Project File configuration data of Engine File configuration data from OpenTrack Figure 12 Mean efficiency engine model with power flow and configuration options IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 26 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 27 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 ll imit tractive None f U f U v I mit regenerative none f U f U v Current pP none mean f Pmecn f v F U f 1 f U 1 Eddy Current Brake Power use true false P NP cae Fi V min Energy Storage f v Power f v Nractive Niregenerative use true false load models saver recovery unload models panto_l_max storage_P_max storage_P_aux storage_P_traction storage_P_traction_ratio n none mean f load f U P Pie Pratat laton InaxUntoad Efficiency Table Mo
241. ml The path to the referenced file may be absolute or relative switchStateFile Switch File xml gt To record engine data set the attribute OpenPowerNet ATM Options record2DB to true The recording of currents and voltages for electrical networks is configured according to the element hierarchy of the Project File beginning at element openPowerNet PSC Network using the attributes recordCurrent and recordVoltage These two attributes have three allowed values true Record data of this element if higher hierarchy is not set to false sub true sub Record data of this and all lower elements false sub Do not record data of this and all lower elements Example XML snippet with recording attributes lt Network name A frequency Hz 0 voltage_kV 0 6 recordCurrent true Record currents for this network recordVoltage true gt Record voltages for this network lt Lines gt No recording attributes set therefore the default value true will be applied lt Line name A recordCurrent false tsub Do not record currents for this line and all subordinate elements recordVoltage false tsub gt Do not record voltages for this line and all subordinate elements lt Line gt lt Lines gt lt Substations recordCurrent true Record currents for all substations if not contrary defined for a specific substation recordVoltage true gt Record voltages for all substations if not contrary defined for a specific s
242. n Create the tracks and use the information from Figure 192 Note The track names of the crossing and the cross over are the same as for the main line tracks The electrical network model shall be simplified and the catenary for the crossing tracks and the cross over tracks shall not be modelled Only the main tracks shall have a catenary model Therefore the positions within the crossing and cross over have to be mapped to the main tracks A position is always the triplet of line name track name and chainage Create all paths routes and itineraries to run the trains as listed in Table 20 Note The courses drive on the right track by default 5 8 4 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 5 8 4 1 2 1 Engine File For this tutorial we don t need to change the Engine File 5 8 4 1 2 2 Project File From the AC tutorial we will used the engine model substation configuration the properties of the conductors connectors and connector slices We need to change the beginning and the end of the conductors and slices First the configuration of line A lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt lt Conductors gt The conductor configuration for track 1 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm _ km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficie
243. n Figure 58 Note In case the network contains energy storages it is advised to use the network for the whole simulation due to changin oo o2 o os g energy storage state of charge 12 16 18 aa beet epee t 18 Network D a7 peer Shh te e rer Network Figure 58 Example of reasonable simulation time windows per network The red rectangles indicate the feeding section per network and the simulation time window IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx E 10 12 4 16 Page 72 of 232 18 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Oma Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 73 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 4 7 8 Network Merge Node Network a E Network name frequency_Hz voltage_kV use gi recordCurrent recordVoltage Lines Substations Mergers Merger use name EAA network comm ent 5 concatenateName mergeNetwork 1 E Conne ctors a e Connector sf 2 a E Lines z_real_Ohm z_imag_Ohm ConductorFrom km trackID condName linelD ConductorTo km trackID condName linelD e Connector 4 E Line ac name maxSl
244. n File editor see also chapter 4 6 3 1 Whether to show the earth conductor or not Usually the earth conductor is far away from the other conductors and not interesting when analysing the magnetic field 2 Whether to show the track name or not 3 Whether to show a belonging to the track IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 37 of 232 line between the track name and each conductor DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 38 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3 3 APserver E Preferences elaks type filter text APserver Py vw General z Help APserver configuration Install Update 1 Host 127 0 0 1 Model Validation 2 Port 9004 4 OpenPowerNet a Analysis 3 Backlog 1000 Selection Editor 4 Maximum keep alive connections 10000 APserver A Rae 3 1800 ATM eceive timeout in s Debug 6 Send timeout in s 1800 7 Debug file APserver_log OpenTrack PSC Team Validation XML Restore Defaults Apply Figure 25 General configuration APserver preferences page O IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx The APserver IPv4 host In OpenTrack this IP need to be configured as OPN server see Figure 21 The port at which the APserver is listening for requests from OpenTrack In OpenTrack this port need to be configured as OPN port see Figure 21 Is the maximum queue size for requests usually thi
245. nSpeed energy no une yes engine storage name engine storage ImaxLoad_A engine storage ImaxUnload_A engine storage PmaxLoad_kW engine storage PmaxUnload_kW engine storage maxLoad_kWh engine storage efficiencyLoad_percent engine storage efficiencyUnload_percent energy none ae mean engine storage meanEfficiency_percent curve engine storage efficiency value Table Table 4 Common data used by ATM IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 53 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet p7 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 54 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 transformer none mean transformer meanEfficiency curve transformer efficiency valueT able four none quadrant mean fourQuadrantChopper meanEfficiency chopper curve fourQuadrantChopper efficiency valueT able traction none inverter mean tractionInverter meanEfficiency curve traction Inverter efficiency valueT able motor none mean tractionMotor meanEfficiency curve tractionMotor efficiency valueT able gear none mean gear meanEfficiency curve gear efficiency valueT able Table 5 Single Component Model specific data used by ATM totalTractEfficiency totalBrakeEfficiency Table 6 Mean Efficiency Model specific data used by ATM
246. name TSS_ 5 4 8 CW gt lt Position km 4 8 trackID 1 condName CW gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 4 8 MW gt lt Position km 4 8 trackID 1 condName MW gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 4 8 NF gt lt Position km 4 8 trackID 1 condName NF gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 5 2 CW gt lt Position km 5 2 trackID 1 condName CW gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 5 2 MW gt lt Position km 5 2 trackID 1 condName MW gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 5 2 NF gt lt Position km 5 2 trackID 1 condName NF gt lt ConductorSwitch gt lt Switches gt After we have done the line configuration we need to add and adapt the substations First we add the autotransformer station ATS_O at km 0 000 lt Substation name ATS_0 gt lt Autotransformer name T1 nomPower MVA 5 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 55 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 27 5 noLoadLosses_kW 5 loadLosses_kW 10 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 1 8 noLoadCurrent_A 0 2 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name ATS_0 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB b
247. nd of the engine whether for auxilliary or traction is higher than the maximum unload power of the energy storage the remaining power will be provided from the catenary e storage_P_aux energy storage utilisation storage_P_aux model E P_aux_panto kW gine kW m P_storage kW max 60 kW c v a u oO m P_traction kW SOkW oO 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 P_aux kW Figure 46 While using unload model storage_P_aux the energy storage is unloaded as soon as the recovered energy is lower as the auxilliary power The provided power corresponds always with the auxilliary power demand unless the auxilliary power is higher than the maximum energy storage unload power IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 61 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 62 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e storage_P_traction energy storage utilisation storage_P_traction model E P_traction_panto kW 3 x v E bo E P_storage kW max 60 kW P_en m P_aux kW 20kW O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 P_traction kW Figure 47 While using unload model storage_P_traction the energy storage is unloaded as soon as the engine consumes traction power until the maximum unload power of the energy storage is exeeded e storage_P_traction_ratio energy storage utilisation storage_P_traction_ratio model E P_tr
248. nd we have no current between 01 50 00 and 02 00 00 as we have no courses at this time U f t 27600 27400 27200 227000 D 26800 H a A a E S S inte 26600 7 26400 i N i 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Figure 114 The voltage between OCS and Rails busbar at TSS_5 In this diagram we see the voltage between the OCS and Rails busbar We see very well the no load voltage of 27 5kV and voltage drops to about 26 58kV This is still above the nominal voltage of 25kV IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 119 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 120 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 S f t 0 400 0 350 0 300 0 250 0 200 Q MVar 0 150 P MW S MVA 0 100 0 050 0 000 0 00 t 0 050 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 pP mMw S MVA Q MVAr Figure 115 Power demand of the transformer in substation TSS_5 This diagram shows the power demand of transformer T1 in substation TSS_5 at km 5 000 E f t 2 500 0 500 4 0 000 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Figure 116 Provided energy by the transformer in substation TSS_5 The diagram above shows the energy
249. ne 0 Engine1 BF_achieved kN Sim 30 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 AF_requested kN Sim 31 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 x F_achieved kN Sim 31 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 168 The achived effort by the engine of course ABCs_02 without sim 30 and with sim 31 eddy current brake As the achieved effort during braking only reflects the portion that is gained through regenerative braking we do not see any difference between both simulations here OpenTrack will always use the full requested brake effort for the train movement the remaining portion is assumed to be brought up by meachanical brakes or eddy current brake in this case P_el f v 400 300 EE 100 eu m E i i i mo P kW 0 i 100 He DOO een ee ee Bu ee u 5 r Te 300 v km h 250 E Sim 31 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 30 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 169 The electrical power by course ABCs_02 without sim 30 and with sim 31 eddy current brake IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 170 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 171 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 When looking at the electrical power in Figure 169 we can see a difference between the simulations The eddy current brake is treated as a special kind of auxiliary supply
250. network see Figure 20 contains information about e Substations including o Transformers or rectifiers o Busbars and o Switches e Conductors like rails contact wire messenger wire e Connectors connecting the conductors e g the left and right rail e Section isolators within a conductor and e Switches within conductors and connectors The conductors are described with resistance at 20 C temperature coefficient temperature cross section layout and equivalent radius The impedances of the conductors within a line resulting from electromagnetic coupling are calculated by the PSC using the cross section layout and the equivalent radius of the conductors Note that all conductors of a line are coupled but no coupling is calculated between different lines and networks pe ii Transformer Substation m 1 Three Winding Transformer 1 Three Winding Transformer 2 IK I lt lt K K K K K ocs T 1 4 rails 4 f negativeFeeder b IH 1 lt 1 lt K K Figure 20 Components of the electrical network At simulation start the network structure will be analysed and mapped to a matrix Each configuration of switch states during the simulation requires a separate matrix Afterwards the matrices
251. nical da a 48 4 4 2 Model constraints ern a ovate eater nse nett nal 49 4 4 3 Naming SONVvenlionsasessesskeeszeisseesgetskeesgelsseesnegekgerrecsneerrecs ke ereeerseerr aeg here 50 4 4 4 RS AN CORE RURNESEENIENNENERIRDRENERUEHETEERIEDEUNERDEDRUEERLEDEHEERTEBESERFIEDRSHERURORSERRIRBRIERFORR 51 4 4 5 En ine Filezes ee se ee 52 4 4 6 BUF 0 TD er Fe SEUUREERSETERERESEUEEEOESELHDETE SEUBENDESEN 57 4 4 7 Project File au a a ee 57 4 4 8 SWEN FIE a a A 77 4 5 SIMAO ee ee ae a Bee ee ee 78 4 6 Y slalsald a 79 4 6 1 Prepared Excel Files asus erret nei is 79 4 6 2 User defined Excel Files cccccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaseeeeeeeeseeeneeaeeess 80 4 6 3 fa gts 1 cere ere ee eee er 86 5 MMi gt PWERESRTBERBSPEUBERNUPRIHERESESUBBERFBENBERTERBEPH ERVBEERTESLBEDEVER A E 103 5 0 oo ee IRRE RUNGEN a 103 5 1 AC Network TWO al siisicsicia csstssancsatssansselasaasacdsanaaabiaaaseidsarasabaiteasitasaeanas 104 5 1 1 GO ULANOTI ee ee 104 5 1 2 SONA MUD NN se Sects Socata E S 114 5 1 3 PAIVAIV SIS acocoteeerecereectecetseetecerteetsep becpecesseetecetceetecetceseecensecesceeseeeecerseceecensert 115 5 2 AC Network with Booster Transformer Tutorial c ceeeeeeeeeeeeeees 127 5 2 1 Conig UratON seses ee ee 127 5 2 2 Simulation BSORSSHUEREORCNLEREUBENRENTURSESBENBCRFENSURHESEDENBENSERSHEHRTEUEUEDNLNERTEURFEREDEDHLUERGEE 130 5 2 3 SPAY eo oe secer eece occu evcsecep RR vececc IHRER RICHT STINE HRS NER A uccecgeeecece 130 5 3 ZAG
252. nly once Ernim EB Analysis sel 23 Sar 4 Tutorial AC Network default a E Network A C 4 led Line A am Track 1 am Track 2 DeleteRows Autofill Rows A 4 1 2 Panto cw e mw Rl RR Panto cw mw RL RR Line 4 Track Designation AUNE i Ea s B 4 W General Lines 4 Connectors 0 Substations 0 Magnetic Field 0 Currents 0 Voltages 0 L Figure 79 The dialog to configure the charts versus the line position The item columns visible on the right side depend on the selection in the tree on the left For a project consisting of multiple lines and tracks this function can be used to focus on the items needed for the chart to define In the example shown in Figure 79 all conductors for line A are displayed Each row of the table defines a single output chart of the selected type containing a chart series for each selected item Selectable chart types are e U Panto f s The pantograph voltage of all courses along the line If selected also conductors of type ContactWire with reference to conductors of type Rail Infeed positions are marked e U_Rail Earth f s The voltage between conductors of type Rail and the conductor of type Earth Return feeder positions are marked e U_ Conductors f s The voltage between any conductors and a reference As reference any conductor is allowed but should be one per line or one for each
253. nnectors every 1000m from the line feeder to the contact wire of track 1 The resistance per meter shall be the same as for the line feeder and the length shall be approximately 5m Therefore the connector resistance is 0 594mQ 0 11880 km 1000 5m 0 000594 lt ConnectorSlice name line feeder to CW firstPos km 5 lastPos_km 80 maxDistance_km 1 000 gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 000594 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName LF trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt Now we configure the substation models with DC rectifier and we use switches in the connectors from the busbars to the line The switches will be used during the failure scenario lt Substations gt lt Substation name TSS 5 gt lt Rectifier name R1 internalResistance Ohm 0 01 The internal resistance of the rectifier nomVoltage_kV 3 3 The no load voltage of the rectifier shall be 10 higher than the system voltage of 3kV energyRecovery false gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Rectifier gt gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 5 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name TSS_5 LF Feeder z_real_Ohm 0 001 z_ima
254. ns Magnetic Field Currents and Voltages The description of these pages follows in the next chapters In the output group the file type and pages as well as footer logo and watermark are selectable The footer logo file and preset file is displayed for reference but configured via preferences see Figure 23 Note The generation of output files is done using Microsoft Excel Although this is done as a background process without user interaction it is possible that this process interferes with other Excel sessions Therefore it is advised not to open any new Excel instance during generation of output files Setup separators The decimal and thousands separator to be displayed in the output files and used for the inter process communication depend on a setting in Microsoft Excel As this setting affects the display of all Excel files for the user logged on it is not adjusted automatically by OpenPowerNet It is necessary to change the setting Excel Options gt Advanced gt Use system separators to disabled and define e g a dot as Decimal separator and a comma as Thousands separator It is possible to use alternative settings by modifying the preset file see 4 6 3 7 Setup paper size The paper size to be used by Microsoft Excel to create the output files has to be configured for an available printer It is recommended to set the paper size of Microsoft XPS Document Writer to A4 under Windows gt Control Panel gt
255. nt 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm _km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x o y_m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x1 m 0 75 y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 30 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x _m 0 75 y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The conductor configuration for track 2 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 20 000 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 1852 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 gt
256. nt current simulation with 1000A as in the previous tutorials U f s 3500 1200 3000 L 4000 2500 800 2000 2 600 1500 400 O00 EEE EEEE PRERFEBREREN EAEE EEE AEE szecueetscdeficess eels A PEE i N i i i 200 a a BeatEnsssssahEnssehatsnasindesssssaes D i i N o 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km um m Figure 142 The voltage versus chainage of constant current simulation 5 4 3 4 Failure scenario See chapter 5 1 3 4 to configure the Project File and to run the simulation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 145 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 146 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 3500 uN H H 4 4 t H 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km Sim 12 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 15 Course CBAI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 143 The line voltage for course CBAI_01 in default configuration sim 12 and failure scenario sim 15 5 5 DC Network with Energy Storage Tutorial In this tutorial we will add an energy storage to the DC network of the tutorial in chapter 0 The DC tutorial analysis shows us a significant line voltage drop With the storage we will support the line voltage at the location with the lowest line voltage
257. ntograph voltage The current limitation shall be OA at OV then linear to 2000A at 2 7kV 90 of nominal voltage and then constant 2000A 5 4 1 Configuration 5 4 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 5 4 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 4 1 2 1 Engine File We need to change the power supply system and add the current limitation As the power supply system specified for the infrastructure in OpenTrack is used to choose the correct tractive effort curve of the engine and we do not want to change this curve we do not need to change anything in OpenTrack but the supply system of the engine propulsion system in OpenPowerNet lt propulsion supply DC 3000V transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt tractiveCurrentLimitation gt Below is the table of the tractive current limitation The table defines points and the y value will be calculated by a linear interpolation between the points For x values exceeding the highest specified x value the y value for the maximum x value is used during simulation The same behaviour applies to x values lower than specified lt valueTable xValueName line voltage xValueUnit V yValueName current yValueUnit A gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt The OV OA point lt values yValue 0 gt lt valueLine gt l
258. nvertieren se g Verkn pfung aufheben V Verbundene Zeilen T Ve Optionen f r Tabelli Tools ktualisieren Ile aktualisieren example Storage simple mi p POND ng abbrechen Verbindungseigenschaften Figure 75 Now the data in the table retrieved from database is ready for further evaluation and visualisation For easy handling of the external data source query it is recommended to use the Table Tools menu OpenPowerNet comes with Excel files already prepared for data analysis These files are accessible from the GUI at OpenPowerNet gt Excel Tools gt For example the Energy consumption by Train Operating Company visualises the energy consumption of all courses in all networks of the simulation summarised by the Train Operating Company see Figure 61 and expressed as percentage of total energy consumption of all courses see Figure 76 Wp sum 51 603 26 127 Figure 76 Proportional portioned energy consumption of Train Operating Companies in this example named 0 1m s 2 0 3m s 2 and 3m s 2 expressed in percent of the total energy consumptions of all Train Operating Companies IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 85 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 86 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 6 3 Analysis The visualisation of the simulation results is configured in the Selection
259. o from Station C to Station A Course and timetable details IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 106 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 107 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 e course ABCI_01 from Station A to Station C via track 2 in Station B with 60s wait time departure is 01 00 00 in A and 01 09 00 in B Train long e course ABCs_02 from Station A to Station C via track 2 in Station B with 60s wait time departure is 02 00 00 in A and 02 09 00 in B Train short e course CBAI_01 from Station C to Station A via track 1 in Station B with 60s wait time departure is 01 00 00 in C and 01 25 00 in B Train long e course CBAs_02 from Station C to Station A via track 1 in Station B with 60s wait time departure is 02 00 00 in C and 02 25 00 in B Train short To get the departure and arrival times run the simulation and adjust the planned to the actual data After you have done so the train diagram should look like Figure 104 Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit Station A Station C Figure 104 The train diagram for all four trains from Station A to Station C 5 1 1 2 OpenPowerNet As described before we need to set the properties in the GUI to configure the OpenPowerNet modules for details see the GUI Help System In our Tutorial we use the default properties an
260. o lines and 3 substations Tutortal_ LPC_Network opentrack O Tutortal 06 Network Model 0 Lines Ponts Crossings VO TDocummenks Info Doamert Edt Format Tools Furctions Windows Print Hide Qut rar wre pom is e LL I Serer ste eT tum hte he or N gr ZA gt t Ib ji iD ee ee Pr EE E E E E N N E E E E E E Eee Figure 192 The OpenTrack infrastructure with chaininage line and track names Le fe 14 gt on ou u Signal km 29 600 track 2 set sight distance to 10000m ABCI_0100 Start Stop 300s Terminate 01 00 00 track 2 CBAI_0100 Terminate Stop 600s Start track 1 01 00 00 DBAI_1000 Terminate Stop 60s Start Timetable track 3 01 00 00 track 1 ABDI_0110 Start Stop 60s Terminate 01 10 00 track 2 track 2 DBAI_1015 Terminate Stop 60s Start track 2 01 15 00 track 1 Table 20 OpenTrack infrastructure properties and timetable Substation km 5 000 amp km 25 000 km 25 000 Power system 25 kV 50 Hz Table 21 OpenPowerNet network properties IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 200 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 LA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 201 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 4 1 Configuration 5 8 4 1 1 OpenTrack As the basis we take the data from the AC tutorial The tracks to be added have no gradient or radius for simplificatio
261. o responsible for writing the course data into the database and for calculating their energy consumption 3 9 Advanced Train Model The Advanced Train Model simulates the propulsion system of the engines The configuration data is stored in the Engine File which may act as a library for all simulations similar to the rolling stock depot of OpenTrack described in chapter 4 4 1 The model type and other choices used by the simulation will be set in the Project File described in chapter 4 4 7 The electrical propulsion system of an engine consists of the following main components e Transformer e Four quadrant chopper e Inverter e Motor and e Gear IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 23 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet Oa Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 24 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Power consumers are e Auxiliaries of engine and trailers e Eddy current brake e Engine energy storage and e Traction power An engine can be modelled in different ways in particular as the efficiency depends on the chosen model type see Figure 11 to Figure 13 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 24 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet O 7 4 w 2 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 25 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Current Transformer n none mean t Nd n none mean f v
262. o the line voltage of course ABCs_01 with energy storage current limitation of 200A sim17 and 400A sim18 Using the prepared Excel tool Compare Two Station Energy Storages we will compare the effect of the different maximum load and unload current of the energy storages IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 148 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 149 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f t 3400 0 3300 0 3200 0 3100 0 t pssdadesttdescarecioceoy eastgcsestessbacasasidy Hasspssstsser 3000 0 UMN 2900 0 r Se Soe ee eee sete ea H eee 2800 0 2700 0 2600 0 2500 0 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 U_real V Sim 18 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 U_real V Sim 17 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 U 0 V Sim 18 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 _ U_0 V Sim 17 Network A C Substation SS_45 Storage S1 Figure 146 The line voltage at the substation with the storage for both storage current limitations in simulation 17 and simulation 18 For the 200A current limitation we see that the voltage cannot be stabilised at 2800V The maximum load current limitation is visible at about 02 23 and 02 45 l f t 500 400 300
263. oPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt for track2 in station A lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 450 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 450 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 450 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 0 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 450 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt and for station B lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45
264. ockID version 110 gt lt vehicles gt lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine electric power 5560 maxTractEffort 250 totalTractEfficiency 90 totalBrakeEfficiency 90 gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt lt vehicles gt lt rollingstock gt lt railml gt As we have a very simple model of the engine the Engine File is very short 5 1 1 2 2 Project File The Project File of our example is a bit more complex as the Engine File As for any Project File we will configure the Engine and Switch File used the Engine model and the electrical model At the beginning we will configure the general simulation data lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Tutorial AC Network comment This is a comment for a specific simulation maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB Dump false simulationStart_s 3600 rstFile Engine File xml gt Besides the name of the project and a comment set the allowed maximum iterations to 1000 the allowed failed iterations to 100 so the simulation will not abort in case iterations for some time steps fail Time steps fail in c
265. of course CBAI_01 is lower during the time of regenerative braking because of the current limitation to 50A 5 7 6 Auxiliary Power Tutorial This tutorial describes the model of auxiliary power The values of the auxiliary power are on one hand specified in OpenTrack and on the other in OpenPowerNet see also the legend of Figure 13 In OpenTrack the auxiliary power for each trailer of a train can be specified as a constant power This is possible in the Train Edit dialog of OpenTrack The trailer we defined in the AC tutorial comes with 30 kW which will be added to the definitions in OpenPowerNet below In OpenPowerNet we have 4 different auxiliary power models of an engine It is possible to combine all 4 models within one engine The auxiliary models are e Constant power e Constant resistance e Constant power during braking and e Constant resistance during braking As the auxiliary power while braking is only active for regenerative engines we define the maximum regenerative brake power and maximum regenerative brake effort with the same values as for traction The value of the auxiliary power shall be 100 kW The resistance shall produce a power of 100 kW at a pantograph voltage of 27 4 kV and is therefore 7507 4 Q see the formulas below 2 p P 2172 7507 60 27400 7 100000W IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 163 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechn
266. on of the AC network is 4 73MVA TSS_5 supplied 2 33MVA and TSS_80 2 40MVA compared to 4 80MVA of the 2AC network The difference of about 1 5 is caused by the auto transformer losses and the higher losses caused by the higher currents due to lower line voltage 5 3 3 2 Short circuit For the short circuit simulation we modify the engine as described in the AC tutorial use the course short circuit and run the simulation l f s 2 500 2 000 1 500 I kA 1 000 7 0 500 4 0 000 n n j n 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 s km 70 000 80 000 90 000 _connector_1 kA l_connector_2 kA total kA I_engine kA Figure 134 The short circuit current of the 2AC network The short circuit current is the total of TSS_5 and ATS_80 current use Excel tool Short Circuit Current by two Station Feeders I f s IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 137 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 138 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 3 3 3 Constant current From Figure 134 we can see that the minimum short circuit current is about 1200A Therefore we will use a constant current of 1000A for the constant current simulation We need to do the same configuration as for the AC tutorial except we have to set the current to 1000A To be able to compare AC and 2AC configurat
267. ondName MW trackID 2 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 650 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 650 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x _m 10 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 650 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 0 650 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The conductors for track 2 in station B lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm km 0 2311 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 g
268. onductors gt The conductors for track 1 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 217 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 218 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 1 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20_Ohm km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 y m 6 9 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 1 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 0 y 1 m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _ km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y 1 _m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_ Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The conductors for track 2 in station A lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition c
269. or z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 3 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt lt Leakages gt The leakage configuration for track 1 lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal S_km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 30 4 yReal_ S_km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt The leakage configuration for track 2 lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 20 00 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 20 000 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt The leakage configuration for track 3 lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 650 lastPos_km 20 00 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 650 lastPos_km 20 000 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID
270. orage simple Cancel 7 Select the network which you want to display in the diagram and click Finish In case you want to see the other network as well repeat the IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 20 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 21 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 previous steps use another file name and select here another network Initialize new Psc diagram file Diagram root element Select semantic model element to be depicted on diagram Select diagram root element E PSC 1 1 0 b4 gt Network Networkl J lt gt Network Network 8 This is the last step After a moment the diagram will open in the editor view and the ui_diagram file will appear in the Project Explorer 3 4 ODBC OpenPowerNet uses Open Database Connection ODBC to connect to the database Within the ODBC Data Source Administrator the Data Source Names DSN are defined by the system administrator or user The DSN connects in any case to a specific computer and if defined also to a specific schema see Figure 9 The DSN pscresults defines always a schema because this DSN is used by the prepared Excel Files not having the option to define the schema Other DSN does not need to define the schema because the schema is either defined in the Project File or the Selection File The ODBC Data Source Administrator is started via the GUI m
271. ors gt The definition of connector slices To have more detailed recoding data the slice distance in the station A shall be only 50m Outside the stations A and B the slice distance shall be 200m And track 2 in station B slice distance 100m lt ConnectorSlices gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 station A firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 1 maxDistance_km 0 05 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 outside station A firstPos_km 1 2 lastPos_km 25 4 maxDistance_km 0 2 gt lt Connector z _ real _Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 station A firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 0 450 maxDistance km 0 05 gt lt Connector z _real _Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 station B firstPos_km 9 800 lastPos_km 10 200 maxDistance_km 0 1 gt lt Connector z_real _Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW tra
272. ors used to connect the conductors of the tracks lt Connectors gt lt Connector name MW track 1 km 0 000 to track 2 km 0 000 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 km 0 000 to track 2 km 0 000 z real _ Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 km 0 000 to track 2 km 0 000 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 km 0 000 to track 2 km 0 000 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 0 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 0 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track 1 km 0 650 to track 2 km 0 450 z real _ Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 km 0 650 to track 2 km 0 450 z real _Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_ Ohm 0 gt
273. os_km 25 4 yReal_ S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt Leakage of track 2 in station A lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 0 650 yReal_ S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 219 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 220 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 2 lastPos_km 0 650 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt Leakage of track 2 in station B lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S_km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt lt Lines gt The connectors used to connect the conductors of the tracks lt Connectors gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 0 200 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt Cond
274. ouble track line junction in track Up is located 2 m before junction in track Down In such a case both junctions should get the same position to save one slice All configuration data has to use UTF 8 characters but note the restrictions in OpenTrack especially for line ID track ID and engine ID as they have to use ASCII Leading or trailing spaces in named elements should be avoided It is recommended to use 1s simulation time steps Using e g 2s simulation time step may challenge time glitches OpenTrack uses equidistant time steps per course but OpenPowerNet need global equidistant time steps The glitch occurs when a departure time is not in the 2s time step raster e g departure time is at 01 00 01 It is also not OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet User Manual recommended to use time steps smaller than 1s 4 4 3 Naming Conventions Names used for model elements need to be unique within a specific scope The table below gives the overview of naming scopes 2 winding transformer Substation TwoWindingTransformer name 3 winding transformer Substation TreeWindingTransformer name Additional load in none AdditionalLoad name substation Autotransformer Substation Autotransformer name Boostertransformer Substation Boostertransformer name Busbar Substation OCSBB RailsBB bbName NegativeFeederBB Engine name Project Engine File vehicle ve
275. ourses using these engine will be calculated in the network simulation as usually see the XML snippet below lt Propulsion returnRequestedEffort true This attribute defines to return the requested effort brakeCurrentLimitation I f U engine electric fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort supply DC 600V tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort useAuxPower true gt lt EfficiencyTable gt lt Propulsion gt 6 11 How to calculate only a part of the operational infrastructure of OpenTrack as electrical network in OpenPowerNet Usually if no electrical network can be found for an engine it will achieve no traction effort and stop its movement sooner or later You will get an outside of network warning APS W 003 for those engines and they will be written to the results with voltage current and achieved effort 0 This should not occur if the electrical infrastructure in OpenPowerNet matches the operational infrastructure in OpenTrack Only in case that it is required or sufficient to use an OpenPowerNet model that does not offer a Line Track km for each position of the courses in the timetable you could set the global attribute ignoreTrainsOutside to true Then all engines without electrical network will achieve the full requested effort although they do not put load on any of the networks and there will be no warning 6 12 Where are the XML Schemas Th
276. ple output of the touch voltage versus time IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 96 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 97 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Conductor Voltage RMS Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 000 80 70 RMS Voltage V 20 4 1 10 100 1000 Time s U_1_RL 1_E_max_rms U_1_RR 1_E_max_rms Figure 93 Example output of the touch voltage as Time Rated Load Periods Curve 4 6 3 7 AnalysisPresets File The XML based AnalysisPresets File contains the definitions of the chart types A customisable example file is available for download via GUI at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet Analysis User Guide gt AnalysisPresets xml The corresponding XML schema documentation can be found at Help gt Help Contents gt OpenPowerNet Analysis User Guide gt AnalysisPresets Schema The built in default preset file will be used if no alternative is defined see Figure 23 The preset file may be modified by the user to adapt the layout as desired In case the user wants to use his own file he needs to set the property Preset file at the analysis setup see chapter 4 3 1 By default the diagrams versus time are spitted into 3 hour diagrams this can be changed for individual diagrams at xAxis element attribute valueMax The file enables the user to modify properti
277. pter 5 1 1 1 5 6 1 2 OpenPowerNet For OpenPowerNet we will add 5 substations each with two VLDs at km8 000 9 000 10 000 11 000 and 12 000 to the Project File The Engine File does not need to be changed 5 6 1 2 1 Engine File As the basis we will use the engines as for DC Network tutorial and but add the energy recovery ability Therefore we need to change the Engine File but not the OpenTrack configuration The following attributes shall be added to the Propulsion element maxBrakePower 5560 The maximum brake power value is same as for driving maxBrakeEffort 250 The maximum brake effort is also the same as for driving maxRecoveryVoltage 3600 The maximum recovery voltage need to be defined as well 5 6 1 2 2 Project File After we have configured the concrete values for recovery braking in the Engine File we have to specify the recovery model also at the Propulsion element but in the Project File The following attributes shall be added to the Propulsion element regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort retryRecovery true We will record all currents and voltages for later analysis Therefore we have to remove the recordCurrent and recordVoltage attributes from elements Lines and Connectors This is all we need to do with the Project File for the first simulation without VLD We make a copy of the just edited Project File and add the substations with VLDs The VLD is defined in the TypeDefs File chapter 5 6 1 2 3 Thes
278. r Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Figure 199 The correct OpenTrack infrastructrue configuration of the loop tracks Next after configuration of the infrastructure create new paths routs itineraries and courses according to Table 22 5 8 5 1 2 OpenPowerNet 5 8 5 1 2 1 Engine File The engine file is the same as in the AC tutorial 5 8 5 1 2 2 Project File According to the infrastructure defined in OpenTrack we need to configure the electrical network in OpenPowerNet Figure 200 The wrong OpenPowerNet network configuration Lets first configure the wrong electrical network lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt OpenPowerNet xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas OpenPowerNet xsd name Network Tutorial Loop comment wrong maxIterations 1000 maxFailedIterations 100 odbcDsn pscresults record2DB true record2DB Dump false rstFile Engine File xml simulationStart_s 3600 gt lt ATM gt lt Vehicles gt lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 212 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd
279. r analysis we will use the Excel tool One Engine and Current _total f s as well as the Automatic Analysis tool Please refer to chapter 4 6 3 for the handling instructions IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 221 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 O 7 4 penPowerNet A gt Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 222 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 100 7 Rail Earth Potential Network Tutorial Loop wrong Line A km 0 000 to 25 400 01 00 00 0 01 16 48 0 Rais Feeder A 2 Station B Station C eo Station A U_max_1_RL F 3 8 15 000 20 000 25 000 Position km U_max_1_RR U_max_2_RL U_max_2_RR Return feeder U_RE_max EN 50122 1 Figure 202 The maximum rail earth potential of the simulation with the wrong network configuration 100 Rail Earth Potential Network Tutorial Loop correct Line A km 0 200 to 25 400 01 00 00 0 01 16 48 0 80 Voltage V 8 gt 20 0 2 Q amp Stations Statonc 3 15 200 20 200 25 8 8 Position km U_max_1_RL U_max_1_RR U_max_2_RL U_max_2_RR Returnfeeder U_RE_max EN 50122 1 Figure 203 The maximum rail earth potential of the simulation with the correct network configuration Figure 202 and Figure 203 show the maximum rail earth potential for both simul
280. r of recorded data is high and demands long time for simulation and visualisation One possibility of keeping the network size low is to separate the network into several parts if possible for the particular network structure The structure of these smaller networks can be calculated faster During simulation all network parts can be used at the same time Note that the simulation does not have any retroactive effect between the networks PSC is designed but not limited to calculate 1AC see Figure 17 as well as the 2AC see Figure 18 and DC power supply systems see Figure 19 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 30 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 31 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 substation ocs rails Figure 17 The 1AC power supply system substation autotransformer autotransformer autotransformer AT1 AT2 AT3 sw s sw s sw s sw s rails negative feeder 1 1 1 I I I train NOT in section gt train in section 9 1 1 1 Figure 18 The 2AC power supply system rectifier substation rectifier substation Figure 19 The DC power supply system IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 31 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 32 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The configuration data of an electrical
281. rackID 1 10 250 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 10 250 gt lt Connector gt lt Connections of rails and ocs at the crossing gt lt Connector name MW track 2 3 km 10 450 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 2 10 450 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 3 km 10 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 2 3 km 10 450 z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 10 450 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 3 km 10 450 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 205 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 206 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 2 3 km 10 450 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 2 10 450 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 3 km 10 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 2 3 km 10 450 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 10 450 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 3 km 10 450 gt lt Connector gt lt Connections of rails and ocs at change over from track 1 to 2 line B
282. rature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 1 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ReturnFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS_5 RF r trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 3 equivalentRadius mm 8 4 r20 Ohm km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 4 1 y_m 0 gt lt Conductor gt Following the two new negative feeder conductors lt Conductor type NegativeFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS_5_NF 1 trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm_km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 2 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type NegativeFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName TSS_5 NF_r trackID 1 km 5 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 5 3 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20 Ohm_km 0 1188 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 4 2 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt The changed and added conductors need to be connected to the line Therefore we need to change and add new connectors lt Connector name z real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName TSS _5_F 1 lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 4 7 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 189 of 2
283. record all U amp I All Line All ABDI_1010 Course ABDI _1010 68 Engine 0 Engine1 B B B B B D D t s XlinelD r trackID r time y sikm I A zlu N zJ 5250 A 3 00 01 27 30 19 942 36 268 27392 951 5251 A 3 00 01 27 31 19 963 36 268 27392 935 5252 A 3 00 01 27 32 19 984 36 268 27392 935 5253 B 2 00 01 27 33 20 004 36 268 27393 068 5254 B 2 00 01 27 34 20 025 36 267 27393 657 5255 B 2 00 01 27 35 20 046 36 267 27394 245 5256 B 2 00 01 27 36 20 067 36 266 27394 832 5257 B 2 00 01 27 37 20 088 36 265 27395 419 Figure 195 The positions of course ABDI_1010 with track change from line A to line B In Figure 195 we can see the change of course ABDI_1010 from line A to line B at 1 27 33 For each location there is a voltage and current value That means the positions in OpenTrack and OpenPowerNet are the same In case the position does not match than the voltage is 0 V The coupling of the conductors is only calculated for each line and there is no coupling between different lines The difference for track 1 can be seen on the conductors of the left track in Figure 196 and Figure 197 These figures where created using the Automatic Analysis tool please refer to chapter 4 6 3 4 for the handling instructions IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 209 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 Oa OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet p772 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 210 of 232
284. refore the values between 0 kN and 250 KN are the same the column for 0 kN lt columnHeader zValue 0 gt lt valueLine xValue 0 gt lt values yValue 0 6 gt lt values lt valueLine xValue 30 gt lt values yValue 0 92 gt lt values lt valueLine xValue 60 gt lt values yValue 0 95 gt lt values lt valueLine xValue 105 gt lt values yValue 0 93 gt lt values lt valueLine xValue 250 gt lt values yValue 0 93 gt lt values lt valueTable gt lt efficiency gt lt tractionMotor gt lt gear typeStr ratio 1 meanEfficiency 97 5 gt lt gear gt lt auxSupply typeStr all constPower 100 gt lt propulsion gt lt engine gt lt vehicle gt 5 7 10 1 2 2 Project File and for 250 kN lt columnHeader zValue 250 gt yValue 0 6 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 0 92 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 0 95 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 0 93 gt lt valueLine gt yValue 0 93 gt lt valueLine gt In the Project file we need to change the efficiency model to Single component lt Vehicle eddyCurrentBrake false engineID Enginel gt lt Propulsion engine electric supply AC 25kV 50Hz brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation none useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 175 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 176 of
285. rk provided from both substations and Figure 133 for the 2AC network provided only from TSS_5 E f t 3 000 4 2 500 4 2 000 4 DOO ai a Baus oo aes oe ee E MWh 1000 en Sree a F ae 0 500 4 i 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 0 000 Sim 1 Network A C Substation TSS_5 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U OCS_BB Sim 1 Network A C Substation TSS_80 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U OCS_BB Figure 132 Energy supply from both TSS of the AC network in default configuration IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 136 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 137 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 E f t 6 000 7 5 000 b 41 4 1 111 ben enc ee ece nce enc ee Inmenaennaennennn nn 4 000 4 1 000 7 i ee EEE ER 1 0 000 1 000 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 E _total_2 MVAh Sim 7 Network A C Substation TSS_5 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U NF_BB Sim 7 Network A C Substation TSS_5 Power Supply T1 Reference U Rails_BB Compared U OCS_BB Figure 133 Energy supply from TSS_5 of the 2AC network in default configuration The total energy consumpti
286. ropulsion gt lt Storage The storage element is new use true name S This references to the storage name S in Engine File loadModel saver efficiency meanEfficiency shareLoad_percent 100 shareUnload_percent 100 unloadModel storage_P traction ratio initialLoad_kWh 0 tractionRatio 0 1 gt lt Vehicle gt lt Vehicles gt 5 7 11 2 Simulation We will do one simulation using the long trains only Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 11 3 Analysis We use Excel Tools Compare two Engines and One Engine Energy Storage IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 178 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 179 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 v f t 250 7 a ee el EINEN RN EN NEBEN i PE A A AANE SAN ANAE ES SEE 150 4 4 E x gt 100 Da ee ee en ee en u nn a ee i ER 50 7 0 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 Sim 12 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 36 Course ABCI_01 Engine 0 Engine1 Figure 175 Comparing the speed of the courses with and without engine energy storage The speed of the course with energy storage is higher between 01 33 and 01 42 because the limited current due to
287. ry energy storage All power supply models are configured in a child element of Substation XPath OpenPowerNet PSC Network Substations Substation The power supply models need to be connected to a busbar Two winding transformer rectifier and storage are connected to the busbars via child elements OCSBB and RailsBB see Figure 50 Figure 50 Rectifier with busbar child elements ron attributes Three winding and auto transformer are connected to the busbars via child elements OCSBB RailsBB and NegativeFeederBB see Figure 51 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 64 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet 7 7 4 Mh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 65 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 a H attributes The connection from SE transformer to T overhead contact line A three winding trar nsfor rmer of a bus bar SU This kind or t 5 distribution RailsBB r overhead contact in ie 2 rails and negative feeder and is The connection from used together with transformer to rails autotransformers Used for 2AC bus bar power Su pply s ystems The connection from NegativeFeederBB transformer to negative feeder bus bar Figure 51 Three winding transformer with child elements The booster transformer is connected to 4 busbars The primary busbars are typically connected to the catenar
288. s First determine the cross section A of the given conductor and convert this value to radius r of a circular cross section with same area A see the formula below A A x r circle T Second the radius 7 of the circular cross section needs to be multiplied with factor a to get the equivalent radius r ry 54r conductortye a O solid cylindrical 0 779 rail 0 7788 Al and Cu cables 7 cores 10 50mm 0 726 Al and Cu cables 19 cores 70 120mm 0 758 Al and Cu cables 37 cores 150 185mm 0 768 Al and Cu cables 61 cores 240 500mm 0 772 Al and Cu cables 91 cores 625 1000mm 0 774 1 layer Al Fe cables 16 2 5 300 50mm 0 55 1 layer Al Fe cables 44 32 120 70mm 0 7 2 layers Al Fe cables 26 cores 120 20 300 50mm 0 809 2 layers Al Fe cables 30 cores 125 30 210 50mm 0 826 3 layers Al Fe cables 54 cores 380 50 680 85mm 0 810 Table 23 Factors to calculate equivalent radius from circular cross section radius Source H Koettnitz H Pundt Berechnung Elektrischer Energieversorgungsnetze Band I VEB Deutscher Verlag f r Grundstoffindustrie 1968 Page 230 6 4 How to model running rails in AC simulation Due to the relative permeability of running rails the relationship of the impedance and current in AC simulations is nonlinear Even in cases of fundamental frequencies of 16 7 Hz 50 Hz or 60 Hz the skin effect causes an increase of the runnin
289. s value does not need to be changed The maximum number of request from OpenTrack before the connection is closed and reconnected Temporary allocated memory is released once the connection is closed If the memory demand of APserver is too high reduce the number The timeout for receiving a request from OpenTrack The timeout for sending an answer to OpenTrack The debug file name Page 38 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 39 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 4 3 4 ATM RB 3 Preferences type filter text General Help Install Update Model Validation OpenPowerNet 4 Analysis Selection Editor APserver ATM Debug Notification OpenTrack PSC Team Validation XML eg ATM ATM configuration 1 Host 127 0 0 1 2 Port 9006 3 Backlog 1000 4 Maximum keep alive connections 10000 5 Debug file ATM_log Restore Defaults Apply Figure 26 General configuration ATM preferences page 1 The ATM IPv4 host 2 The port at which the ATM is listening for requests 3 Is the maximum queue size for requests usually this value does not need to be changed 4 The maximum number of request before the connection is closed and reconnected Temporary allocated memory is released once the connection is closed 5 The debug file name IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 39 of
290. s waiting for about 15min in Station B We can see this in the diagram where the mechanical power is OKN At this time we have only the auxiliary power demand of 520kW Besides the courses the substations are very interesting to analyse For this we use Excel File PowerSupply xisx with the prepared diagrams for I f t U f t P f t and E f t This file is available from the menu via OpenPowerNet gt Excel tools gt One Power Supply First we will analyse the substation TSS_5 at km 5 000 In the Excel File we have to select the substation transformer feeder and busbar voltages see Figure 112 for details il Simulation Duration Simulation 001 2012 04 19 10 32 34 Tutorial AC Network default iz Time Step s 1 Network AC iz 1 Substation TSS_5 j 1 Power Supply T1 5 366 lin Feeder to busbar OCS_BB 5 1 Reference U Rails_BB 2 Compared U OCS_BB Figure 112 The selection of power supply for substation TSS_5 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 118 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 119 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 1 f t 0 1 00 01 00 00 00 01 10 00 00 01 20 00 00 01 30 00 00 01 40 00 00 01 50 00 00 02 00 00 Figure 113 The current from transformer T1 to the OCS busbar in substation TSS_5 In the diagram above we see that the current does not exceed 400A a
291. sistance at 20 C in mOhm km of conductors All higher resistances will be coloured with the colour set in 15 12 The minimum resistance in mOhm of connectors All lower resistances will be coloured with the colour set in 16 13 The maximum resistance in mOhm of connectors All higher resistances will be coloured with the colour set in 17 14 The colour of the property set in 10 15 The colour of the property set in 11 16 The colour of the property set in 12 17 The colour of the property set in 13 Example The picture below shows and example layout The red numbers correspond to the numbers of the properties described above IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 46 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 47 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 File Edit Diagram Navigate Project OpenPowerNet Window Help 7 en a H or 7 ogy Bar K NHO 50 iy Get O Pri File_DefaultLayout xml ui_diagram 2 100 1 200 300 400 SOO 600 700 800 300 1000 1100 1200 1300 i400 1500 1 1600 1 1 a bf Oo ss Tr L o I i N Er i i i i T o n l a Figure 33 PSC Viewer example layout 4 4 Modelling XML Files are used for modelling Each such file belongs to a schema A schema describes the structure of an XML File The schema is specified in each XML File at the root element usin
292. sue 2014 11 05 5 Select the just generated ui file click the right mouse button and select Initialize ui_diagram diagram file File Edit Navigate Search Project Run OpenPowerNet Window Help te S66 ae Project Explorer 3 B leg gt OPN_Projects cvs dd bahntechnik de 4 te Ch 518310_SZU_Umstromung BE gt AC H E DC S E gt examples Gy gt Samplei Gy gt OTData H Ey gt OTDocuments amp amp gt OTOutput B gt Sample_Network xml 1 3 B gt Sample_RST xml 1 1 New Ey gt SingleLine Ee gt St impl Be H Gy gt Storage_simple 5 By Lb Open With APserver_log txt 3 Copy Ctrl C E ATM_log txt fa PSC_log txt 3 Delete Delete Move E console 5 Rename F2 PSC Viewer Fr t generate XML elements E poe Network wa Export done 2 Refresh F5 Substation done 5 Initialize ui_diagram diagram file Node Team done 562 Compare With WLC Che es Replace With gt done 20 Line Properties Alt Enter 6 The dialog in the picture below will open change the file name of the v r ci ui_diagram file if necessary and click Next gt Initialize new Psc diagram file Diagram file Create new diagram based on Psc model content Enter or select the parent folder OPN_Projects examples Sample1 Io gt OPN_Projects cvs dd bahntechnik de 3 gt settings H GH 518310_5ZU_Umstromung Ey gt AC Gy DC amp y gt examples Ey gt Samplei Ey gt SingleLine H E gt gt St
293. t lt ConnectorSlice gt The dropper configuration for track 3 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 3 firstPos_km 9 650 lastPos_km 20 000 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000073 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 3 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 3 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The rail connector configuration for track 1 lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The rail connector configuration for track 2 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 202 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 203 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 20 000 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The rail connector configuration for track 3 lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 3 firstPos_km 9 650 lastPos_km 20 000 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connect
294. t lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_80 Rails gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt lt Substations gt 5 4 1 2 3 Switch File We need to adapt the Switch File of the AC tutorial for the failure scenario simulation First we change the switch names and second we add also the switches to the line feeder lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt ADE xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemaLocation http www openpowernet de schemas ADE xsd gt lt TPD gt lt SwitchSetting gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name TSS_ 80 _OCS gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name TSS_ 80 Rails gt lt Switch state open time 01 05 00 name TSS_80_LF gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name TSS_ 80 OCS gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name TSS 80 Rails gt lt Switch state close time 01 22 00 name TSS_ 80 LF gt lt SwitchSetting gt lt TPD gt lt ADE gt 5 4 2 Simulation For the description of the simulation see the AC network tutorial in chapter 0 Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 142 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 143 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05
295. t lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 9 25 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 0 2 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 25 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20 Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y m 450 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt The definition of connector slices To have more detailed recoding data the slice distance in the station A shall be only 50m Outside the stations A and B the slice distance shall be 200m And track 2 in station B slice distance 100m lt ConnectorSlices gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 218 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet Lhd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 219 of
296. t The left rail lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt Note the horizontal x position and the equivalent radius of the rail lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 109 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 Oma OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 110 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 0 gt The right rail lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20_Ohm km 0 0306 temperature_GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt Now conductors for track 2 follow lt Conductor type MessengerWire gt lt StartPosition condName MW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 2311 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 10 y 1 m 6 9 gt Note the start and end of the wire lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type ContactWire gt lt StartPosition condName CW trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 10 250 equivalentRadius_mm 3 45 r20 Ohm_km 0 1852 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 10 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName
297. t File a meaningful name and comment 5 6 1 2 3 TypeDefs File lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt TypeDefs xmlns xsi http www w3 org 2001 XMLSchema instance xsi noNamespaceSchemalocation http www openpowernet de schemas TypeDefs xsd gt lt VLDTypes gt lt VLDType name type 5V r_close_Ohm 0 001 r_open_Ohm 1000000 gt lt CloseModels gt lt Voltage voltage V 5 gt The VLD shall close if voltage exceeds 5 V lt CloseModels gt lt OpenModels gt lt Current current_A 0 gt The VLD shall open if current is below 0 A lt OpenModels gt lt VLDType gt lt VLDTypes gt lt TypeDefs gt 5 6 2 Simulation Run two simulations with the long train courses ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 e First without VLD and e Then with VLD Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 6 3 Analysis The objective of a VLD is to limit the voltage between two conductors In this tutorial the VLD shall limit the Rail Earth potential We use the automatic analysis to calculate the Rail Earth Potential of both simulations Rail Earth Potential Tutorial VLD with VLD Line A km 0 000 to 85 400 01 00 00 0 02 03 16 0 200 15580 180 160 4 N S E de E Voltage V 8 a ln la ee 60 40 20 of 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 Position km StationB U_max_1_
298. t Lb Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 168 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 In Figure 167 we see both resistance auxiliary models used for the simulations During braking both curves are exactly the same but during driving they are different 5 7 7 Eddy Current Brake Tutorial In this tutorial we use the eddy current brake together with regerative braking We define e the maximum regenerative brake power to 400 kW and e maximum regenerative brake effort to 30 KN The parameter for the eddy current brake shall be e 30 KN maximum effort e 300 kW maximum power and e 10 km h minimum speed As the short trains have less auxiliary power of the trailers we will use only the short trains to show the effect of the eddy current brake To see the effect of the eddy current brake we do two simulations one without and one with eddy current brake 5 7 7 1 Configuration 5 7 7 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCs_02 and CBAs_02 with short trains 5 7 7 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and Project File from the AC tutorial as the basis 3 7 7 1 2 1 Engine File In the Engine File we need to specify the maximum braking power and effort as well as the eddy current brake parameter lt vehicle length 25 bruttoWeight 75 vehicleID Enginel speed 250 gt lt engine gt lt propulsion supply AC 25kV 50Hz transmission electric engine
299. t Position km 72 000 trackID 1 condName CW lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName RF gt lt Connector z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 001 gt lt Position km 72 000 trackID 1 condName RF_BT lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt RailsBB bbName RF gt lt Connector z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 001 gt lt Position km 72 000 trackID 1 condName RF lineID A gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt We copy the substation from above and change the chainage to 76 000 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 129 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 74 hh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 130 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 As the last step we have to add an additional connector from the Rails Busbar at TSS_80 to the return feeder lt Connector name TSS_80 ReturnFeader_Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RF lineID A trackID 1 km 80 gt lt Connector gt 5 2 2 Simulation Note When not using the FULL license set the time steps in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 2 3 Analysis To see the effect of the booster we will compare the results of this tutorial with the results of the AC Network tutorial described in chapter 0 To compare the pantograph voltage we use the prepared Excel File Compare Two Engines 27600
300. t configuration Sim 1 and the failure scenario Sim 5 versus the location The diagram above shows the power off effect of substation TSS_80 for the current used by course CBAI_01 As the course uses the same power in both simulations the current rises with dropping line voltage IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 126 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 127 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 2 AC Network with Booster Transformer Tutorial In this tutorial we will learn how to model booster transformers The basis shall be model from chapter 0 5 2 1 Configuration 5 2 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the same OpenTrack data as for the AC tutorial described in chapter 5 1 1 1 5 2 1 2 OpenPowerNet The Project File from the AC Network tutorial shall be the basis The booster transformer system will have two booster transformer and a return feeder One booster shall be at 72 000 and the other at 76 000 The feeder shall be from 70 000 to TSS_80 and be connected to rails at 70 000 74 000 and 78 000 At each booster transformer an isolator shall be added to MessengerWire ContactWire and ReturnFeeder Remember the current sum of the conductors has to be O as a model constraint see chapter 4 3 1 Therefore parallel conductors to the isolators have to be added to the model these are named CW_BT and RF_BT in Figure 124 BT 76 000 RF_BT Figur
301. t valueLine xValue 2700 gt The 2700V 2000A point lt values yValue 2000 gt lt valueLine gt lt valueTable gt lt tractiveCurrentLimitation gt lt propulsion gt 5 4 1 2 2 Project File As the base of this Project File we will use the Project File of the AC network and adapt it First we adapt the engine model by changing the supply and using the tractive current limitation lt Propulsion engine electric supply DC 3000V Change the supply system to DC 3000V brakeCurrentLimitation none tractiveCurrentLimitation I f U Change this value from none to I f U IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 140 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 141 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 useAuxPower true fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake none tractiveEffort maxPower maxTractEffort gt lt MeanEfficiency gt lt Propulsion gt Next we add the line feeder as a conductor with the same characteristics as the negative feeder of the 2AC tutorial lt Conductor type Feeder gt Change the type of the conductor lt StartPosition condName LF trackID 1 km 5 gt and change the name to LF lt ToProperty toPos_km 80 equivalentRadius_mm 8 4 r20_Ohm_km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 4 y_m 9 gt lt Conductor gt Then we need to add the co
302. t we add the negative feeder lt Conductor type NegativeFeeder gt lt StartPosition condName NF trackID 1 km 5 gt The beginning of the negative feeder at km 5 000 and the name NF lt ToProperty toPos_km 80 The end of the negative feeder at km 80 000 equivalentRadius mm 8 4 Following the characteristic r20 Ohm km 0 1188 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x_m 4 and the cross section position y_m 9 gt lt Conductor gt Second we change the transformer in TSS_5 to a three winding transformer lt Substation name TSS_5 gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer This is the new three winding transformer name T1 nomPower MVA 10 nomPrimaryVoltage_kV 115 nomSecondaryVoltage_kV 55 noLoadLosses_kW 6 5 loadLosses_kW 230 relativeShortCircuitVoltage percent 10 7 noLoadCurrent_A 0 06 gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 T1_ OCS defaultState close gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_ BB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Switch name TSS_5 Tl Rails defaultState close gt lt RailsBB gt lt NegativeFeederBB bbName NF BB z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 gt The new negative feeder busbar lt Switch name TSS_5 Tl NF defaultState close gt lt NegativeFeederBB gt lt ThreeWindingTransformer gt lt Busbars gt lt OCSBB bbName 0CS_BB gt lt Connector name TSS_5 OCS Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z
303. tType name U_ Panto f s title Pantograph Voltage gt lt Common gt lt xAxis valueName Position valueUnit km title Position logarithmic false numberFormat 0 000 gt lt yAxis valueName Voltage valueUnit V title Voltage logarithmic false numberFormat gt lt Common gt lt System supply AC 25kV 50Hz gt lt xAxis valueName Position valueUnit km title Position logarithmic false numberFormat 0 000 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 98 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 99 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt yAxis valueName Voltage valueUnit V title Voltage logarithmic false numberFormat valueMin 15000 valueMax 32000 valueStep 2500 gt lt hLine title U_nom yValue 25000 style lineDash weight 1 legend true label false gt The definition of the horizontal lines of the nominal voltage lt Color name dark_green gt lt hLine gt lt hLine title U_tol EN 50163 yValue 17500 style lineDash weight 1 legend true label false gt The definition of one of the tolerances defined in EN 50163 lt Color name red gt lt hLine gt lt hLine title U_tol EN 50163 yValue 19000 style lineDash weight 1 legend false label false gt The definition of another tolerance defined in EN 50163 note the attribute legend is false to prevent duplicate entry for U_
304. tance while braking and Eddy current brake power consumption O 0 0 To model in OpenTrack the engine auxilary open the Engines dialog Tools gt Engines and then edit the loss function see Figure 35 i i a Engine Engine 1 s Yj 171 Engine Name Engine 1 Load ft Resistance Factor 3 2999 75 Adh Load ff 75 Rot mass Factor 1 0599 Length m 25 Balise Telegram Speed max km h Beal Leoritelagram Radio Telegram Tractive Effort max KN 250 Rack Traction Vv Vv Vv E u zrrDiagrams no v Diagram 1 1 Universal Electric Thermic Thermoelectric a AC AB KY 16273 H7 g Export import Dup De ada Diagram Color mmm Adhesion bad so normal 125 good 0 0 10 0 20 50 00 10 vmax 0 10 51 Loss Function Loss Function Selected Point km h Z kN P MW linear Visual Rectangle Speed max km h 270 Scale Tractive Effort max KN 270 Min kN 0 Autoscale From fon To km P Toss TKWI Delete Del Engine New Engine Set Data Save Depot NewDepot Open Depot _Sstdata _saveDepot _NewDepot Open Depot Figure 35 OpenTrack engine loss function definition The definition of the OpenTrack train contains the delta load factor age ta loaa in column P Loss Fac kW t definition and a constant auxiliary P Loss kW of the trail
305. tance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 000594 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName LF trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt lt ConnectorSlices gt lt Leakages gt The leakages for both tracks lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 9 750 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 0 lastPos_km 9 750 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S_km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakage firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 10 250 yReal_S km 0 4 yImag_S km 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName E trackID 1 gt lt Leakage gt lt Leakages gt lt Line gt lt Lines gt These are the connectors from track 1 to track 2 conductors lt Connectors recordCurrent false tsub recordVoltage false tsub gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 9 750 z_real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A track
306. tate close name TSS_5 OCS Feeder 6 0 gt lt Switch gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails BB 2 gt lt Connector name TSS 5 Rails Feeder z real Ohm 0 001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 6 gt lt Switch defaultState close name TSS_5 Rails Feeder 6 0 gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt Here the busbar connectors including switches lt OCSBBConnector z_imag Ohm 0 0 z_ real Ohm 0 001 gt lt BusbarFrom bbName 0CS_ BB 1 j gt lt BusbarTo bbName 0CS_BB 2 gt IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 182 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt SpenPowe rNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 183 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5_OCS_BB gt lt OCSBBConnector gt lt RailsBBConnector z_imag_Ohm 0 0 z_real_Ohm 0 001 gt lt BusbarFrom bbName Rails_BB_1 gt lt BusbarTo bbName Rails_BB_2 gt lt Switch defaultState open name TSS_5 Rails BB gt lt RailsBBConnector gt BA gt lt Substation gt To minimise the recorded data we will record voltages and currents only from km 0 000 to km 9 000 lt Lines recordCurrent true recordVoltage true gt Set both attributes to true lt Line name A maxSliceDistance_km 0 5 gt lt Conductors gt Split the ToProperty at km 9 000 and set the recording to false until the end of t
307. tem and eddy current brake see Figure 14 If the calculated braking effort of the propulsion and eddy current brake is less than the requested effort of the driving simulation OpenTrack implies that the mechanical brake is able to achieve the remaining brake effort and calculates the driving dynamics using the total requested effort A current limitation can be configured for each propulsion system The tractive current limitation reduces the power consumption and the achievable effort which affects the driving dynamics The braking current limitation only limits the regenerated current into the electrical network Additionally a maximum recovery voltage can be configured that limits the energy output while braking to respect this voltage 500 00 450 00 400 00 350 00 300 00 kN 250 00 200 00 150 00 100 00 50 00 0 00 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 km h Braking Effort kN Eddy Current Brake Effort kN d4 Total Braking Effort 180 200 Figure 14 Brake effort calculated with maximum recovery effort maximum recovery power and eddy current brake IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 28 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 w 2 Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 29 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 In case that during braking the recovered energy exceeds the energy consumption
308. the data Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 123 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 124 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 U f s 25000 2500 20000 2000 15000 1500 uM 1A LINE ee essen nn Te anil ees SEES EEE een EER 1000 5000 L 1 1 500 0 H i 4 0 0 000 10 000 20 000 30 000 40 000 50 000 60 000 70 000 80 000 90 000 s km UMV IfA Figure 120 The voltage and current along the line for the constant current of 2000A The green arrows point to the substation positions The red circle is the Station B with siding Therefore the voltage drop in this station is less compared to the open line between the stations with only one track The diagram above is from the Excel tool One Engine The current is of course constant and has the value specified in the Project File The voltage is calculated according to the electrical network IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 124 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 125 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 1 3 4 Failure scenario As described in chapter 4 4 8 we want to disconnect the transformer in TSS_80 from 01 05 00 to 01
309. the configuration tasks to be done continues with the simulation itself and shows some example output from the analysis Please refer to chapter 4 1 for the preferred folder structure If you would like to skip creation of the configuration files or the simulation please head to OpenPowerNet User Guide gt PDF Documents to download them and the database backup from the Help System as zip files Please read chapter 3 6 for the description of the database import Another option is to use the default workspace This workspace contains all the project files from the tutorial To be able to use the Tutorials AC 2AC and DC with the ACADEMIC license the slice distance is 1km This results in curves with steps instead of smooth curves when using 200m slice distance But in principle the results are the same with 200m and 1km slice distance To achieve a correct simulation result it is necessary to have sufficient information about the railway electrical network and engines For a detailed list of required technical information please see chapter 4 4 1 The following list is a minimum of necessary information to create the configuration data OpenTrack e Track layout length curves gradients points crossings e Timetable e Engine effort speed diagram weight resistance formula values auxiliary power e Signalling system OpenPowerNet e Electrical network layout conductor and connector characteristic e Power supply transformer or rect
310. the connection is closed and reconnected Temporary allocated memory is released once the connection is closed 5 The debug file name 6 The maximum RAM allocation of PSC The limit is used to control the RAM allocation by a buffer to store the calculated data before recording to the database A large buffer may speed up the simulation A value of 0 means no limit 1000MB is recommended and the default is 25 of total RAM 4 3 8 Notification E E Preferences klak type filter text Notification Qa T vv G l voi Notification configuration Install Update 1 g Use email notification Model Validation 2 _ Send info messages 4 OpenPowerNet 3 V Send warning messages Analysis 4 V Send error messages iieii 5 Maximum messages per email 1000 ATM Debug 6 Maximum warning messages per email 200 Notification 7 Maximum error messages per email 1 OpenTrack PSC 8 SMTP host Team 9 SMTP port 465 Validation XML 10Connection timeout s 60 11 Response timeout s 30 12 Use authentication 13 14 15Your email 16Recipient emails separated by 17 Send Test Email Restore Defaults Appiy en Figure 30 General configuration Notification preferences page The notification preference page allows you to get an email from a running simulation 1 Whether to send an email notification or not 2 Enable sending INFO messages black messages in the console 3 Enable sending WARNING messag
311. the current through the connector versus time e U I I_sum f t Same as above plus the current sum of all selected connectors e TRLPC The current through the connector as Time Rated Load Periods Curve see chapter 6 16 e P f t The power consumed by the connector versus time e P P_sum f t Same as above plus the sum of all selected connectors e P TRLPC The power consumed by the connector as Time Rated Load Periods o a a EE Analysis sel 23 m 4 phere we default Delete Rows 4 bet Line A 8 Line 4 A 4 wm Track 1 8 Track Designation Type CW er Sitte inma er l Connector CW track 1 2 km 10 250 from Line A Track 1 Conductor CW km 10 250 RL tra RR tra RR tra Ne 089 89988 Nanas Track 2 Conductor CW km 10 250 General Lines 4 Connectors 6 Substations 0 Magnetic Field 0 Currents 0 Voltages 0 K d Figure 80 The dialog to select connectors and to define different charts The numbers in brakets in the tree on the left side are the number of connectors The item columns displayed on the right side depend on the selection in the tree of the left side 4 6 3 3 Substations The Substations page provides charts related to substations see Figure 81 5 la EB Analysis sel 23 o 4 Tutorial AC Network default 4 E Network A C B Substation
312. the right Engine File and don t forget to set a meaningful project name and comment in the project file 5 7 6 2 Simulation We will run the simulation only with short trains Run all simulation Do everything as described above and run the simulation Give a meaningful comment and run the simulation Set useAuxPower in the Project File which controls usage of all auxiliaries to true Comment the auxiliary with constant power in the Engine File and uncomment the constant resistance auxiliary give a meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation Comment the auxiliary with constant resistance in the Engine File and uncomment the constant power while braking auxiliary give a meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation Comment the auxiliary with constant power while braking in the Engine File and uncomment the constant resistance while braking auxiliary give a meaningful comment in the Project File and run the simulation e Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 7 6 3 Analysis We use Excel tool Compare Two Engines to compare the simulations P_aux f t 140 es 1 OE 80 P kW 60 On iter DO En 0 00 02 00 00 00 02 10 00 00 02 20 00 00 02 30 00 00 02 40 00 00 02 50 00 Sim 25 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine1 Sim 26 Course ABCs_02 Engine 0 Engine
313. tion has two kinds of data One kind is the input amp analysis data and the other kind the output data Input and analysis data structure Project Name OPNAnalysis output directory for the Analysis Tool OPNData OpenPowerNet configuration data Engine File xml TypeDefs File xml Project File xml OTData OpenTrack configuration data Project Name depot Project Name courses Project Name dest Project Name stations Project Name timetable Project Name trains OTDocuments OpenTrack infrastructure Project Name opentrack OTOutput OpenTrack output directory The folder and file structure above has to be prepared manually For the output data structure refer to chapter 3 7 4 2 Configuration of OpenTrack OpenTrack is the railway operation simulation program It handles the driving dynamics respecting the track alignment the train characteristics the signalling system and the operation program For the handling of OpenTrack please check the documentation delivered with the program For inter process communication it is necessary to set some special configurations in OpenTrack see Figure 21 IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 33 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 34 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 OpenPowerNet Settings Xx OpenTrack Server Port Default 9
314. tion name SS_45 gt lt Storage name S1 internalResistance Ohm 0 005 maxLoad_kWh 85 nomVoltage_kV 2 8 lossPower_kW 0 1 initialLoad_kWh 85 loadImax_A 200 unloadImax A 200 gt lt OCSBB z_real_ Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 bbName 0CS_BB gt lt RailsBB z_real Ohm 0 001 z_imag Ohm 0 bbName Rails_ BB gt lt Storage gt lt Busbars gt The definitions of busbars and the connections to the line follow lt OCSBB bbName OCS_BB gt lt Connector name SS_45 OCS Feeder z_ real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 45 gt lt Switch defaultState close name SS_45 OCS gt lt Connector gt lt OCSBB gt lt RailsBB bbName Rails_BB gt lt Connector name SS 45 Rails Feeder z_real Ohm 0 001 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt Position condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 45 gt lt Switch defaultState close name SS_45 Rails gt lt Connector gt lt RailsBB gt lt Busbars gt lt Substation gt As we want to run the short trains only we should set the simulation start time to 2 00 in the Project File s root element OpenPowerNet simulationStart_s 7200 5 5 2 Simulation We will run tree simulations only with the short train courses ABCs_01 and CBAs_01 e First the DC network from DC Tutorial in chapter 0 e One simulation shall be with the Type 200A energy storage and e one with the Type_400A energy storage Give each simulation
315. tol EN 50163 lt Color name red gt lt hLine gt lt hLine title U_tol EN 50163 yValue 27500 style lineDash weight 1 legend false label false gt lt Color name red gt lt hLine gt lt hLine title U_tol EN 50163 yValue 29000 style lineDash weight 1 legend false label false gt lt Color name red gt lt hLine gt lt System gt lt Item name U_Panto_abs title U function _ lineID trackID Panto style line weight 1 legend true label false gt The curve representing the pantograph voltage e g minimum maximum or average lt Color name blue gt lt Color name dark_ blue gt lt Item gt lt Item name U_Conductor abs title U function lineID _ trackID itemID style line weight 1 legend true label false gt The curve representing the conductor voltage e g minimum maximum or average lt Color name red gt lt Color name dark_red gt lt Item gt lt Item name Infeed title Infeed style lineLongDash weight 2 legend true label true gt The infeed at substation position lt Color name dark_gray gt lt Item gt lt Item name Isolator title Isolator style lineLongDash weight 1 legend true label false gt An isolator marker lt Color name red gt lt Item gt lt Item name ConductorSwitch title Switch style lineLongDash weight 1 legend true label false gt An marker of a switch of a conductor lt Color
316. ture GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 00385 x m 0 y m 5 3 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RL trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm _km 0 0306 temperature GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Rail gt lt StartPosition condName RR trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 38 52 r20 Ohm_km 0 0306 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 004 x m 0 75 y m 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductor type Earth gt lt StartPosition condName E trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ToProperty toPos_km 85 4 equivalentRadius_mm 450000 r20 Ohm_km 0 0393 temperature _GradCelsius 20 temperatureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y m 450 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The connectors between contact and messenger wire IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 197 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 198 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 firstPos_km 9 750 lastPos_km 85 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _ real Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName
317. ubstation lt Substation name TSS_A recordCurrent true Record currents for this substation recordVoltage true gt Record voltages for this substation lt Substation gt lt Substation IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 75 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 76 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 name BC recordCurrent false tsub Do not record currents for this substation recordVoltage false tsub gt Do not record voltages for this substation l lt Substation gt lt Substations gt lt Earth lineID A trackID up km 0 condName E gt lt Network gt Please note that recording line voltages and currents increases the amount of written data significantly and slows down the simulation as well as the analysis Record values only necessary for the desired visualisation 4 4 7 11 Distribution Distributions are defined either by a distribution histogram or cumulative distribution function CDF distribution ss Histogram E CDF Figure 62 A distribution defined by a histogram and cumulative distribution function All distributions are defined as children of Element OpenPowerNet Distributions The piecewise linear distribution can be defined either by a histogram or cumulative distribution function Below are the example definitions of both types Histogram
318. uctorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 200 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 200 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 0 200 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 200 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 200 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 0 200 z_real_Ohm 0 000010 z_imag_Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 0 200 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 2 km 0 200 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 2 km 0 200 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 0 200 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 2 km 0 200 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 0 650 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 0 650 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 0 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 0 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 2 km 0 650 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt
319. ue at OpenPowerNet ATM Vehicles Vehicle Propulsion supply and follow the structure as of the default values Use the same as for Engine File Don t forget to set the voltage and frequency of the network AnalysisPreset File It is not necessary to modify the AnalysisPreset File But if you want to set preset parameter for the diagrams and tables select the value other of attribute supply For how to get the AnalysisPreset File please read chapter 4 6 3 7 on page 97 Example 30Hz 29kV AC Engine File railml rollingstock vehicles vehicle engine propulsion supply AC 29kV 30Hz Project File OpenPowerNet ATM Vehicles Vehicle Propulsion supply AC 29kV 30Hz AnalysisPreset File e g Pantograph Voltage OpenPowerNet Analysis ChartTypes Lines ChartType System supply other 6 8 How to draw a constant current You need to define a course in OpenTrack and use it with an itinerary for the tracks you want to check In the OpenPowerNet Project File you need to set the attribute constantCurrent_A to the constant current value you want see the XML snippet below lt Propulsion constantCurrent A 2000 This attribute defines the constant current for the engine to 2000A You can change the value to whatever reasonable value you need The following attributes will be ignored once you set this attribute brakeCurrentLimitation I f U engine electric fourQuadrantChopperPhi none regenerativeBrake maxPower maxEffort supply
320. uments Info gt OpenPowerNet Settings and Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit Station A Station C z 2 5 6 Station B 01 00 01 0 00 7 CONO sof 10 010 20 4 20 pent F 4018 30 30 PA Jo sof J so 02 0 020 Legend Category 1 Figure 193 The train graph from station A to C A D otsimcor 0 Tutorial 06_Network_Model 04_Lines_Points_Crossings OTDocuments Info Document Edit Format Tools Functions Windows Print Hide Quit Station A Station D z 2 5 o Station B 01 0 01 00 A Den _1000 10 10 ASA 1010 panats 20h Jz CBN no ab f Ja a EE A sof Js 02 00 02 00 Legend Category Braking for Route Braking for Signal fe Figure 194 The train graph from station A to D IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 208 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowerNet 7 7 4 SIM Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 209 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Note When not using the FULL license set the time step in OpenTrack to 4 seconds 5 8 4 3 Analysis For analysis we will use Excel tool One Engine 37 Simulation 037 2012 04 20 19 41 42 Tutorial lines points crossings 5 long trains
321. ureCoefficient 0 x m 0 y m 450 0 gt lt Conductor gt lt Conductors gt lt ConnectorSlices gt The dropper configuration for track 1 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 1 firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _real_Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The dropper configuration for track 2 lt ConnectorSlice name dropper track 2 firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _real_Ohm 0 000073 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW trackID 2 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The rail connector configuration for track 1 lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 1 firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z_real_Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 1 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 1 gt lt Connector gt lt ConnectorSlice gt The rail connector configuration for track 2 lt ConnectorSlice name rail connector track 2 firstPos_km 20 lastPos_km 30 4 maxDistance_km 0 25 gt lt Connector z _ real Ohm 0 00001 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL trackID 2 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR trackID 2 gt lt Connector
322. urve Current total is grouped by conductor type e OCS ContactWire MessengerWire Feeder e Rails Rails ReturnFeeder e other all other conductor types IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 94 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJA Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 95 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Conductor Current Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 500 300 250 Current A a 100 e 04 r r r r r r r r r 01 00 00 01 05 00 01 10 00 01 15 00 01 20 00 01 25 00 01 30 00 01 35 00 01 40 00 01 45 00 Time L1_cw I_1_E L1_Mw I_4_RL I_41_RR Figure 89 Example output of the conductor currents versus time Conductor Load Tutorial AC Network default Line A km 5 500 300 250 H N 8 s RMS Current A 8 3 8 50 a L 1 10 100 1000 Time s 1_1_CW_rms 1_1_E_rms I_1_MW_rms IL1_RL_rms 1_1_RR_rms Figure 90 Example output of the conductor currents as Time Rated Load Periods Curve 4 6 3 6 Voltages The voltage charts at a specific location are defined at page Voltages A location is added in the same way as at page Currents see Figure 87 The chart location defines the position chart type and selected conductors The conductor selection is supported by type specific selection via buttons above the tab
323. utral zone to the other feeding section Furthermore we add an autotransformer station at km 0 000 see Figure 184 ATS_O TSS_5 ATS_80 sw t sw s sw s sw rails negative feeder F O 0 000 4 700 4 800 5 200 5 300 Figure 184 The electrical network model IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 187 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PT OPN 51 1 5 3 pen PowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 188 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 To fulfil the constraint that the current sum in each section is always 0A the neutral zone configuration shall look like in Figure 185 TSs_s T1 T2 TSS_5_NF E TSS_5 F E TSS_5 FI E E E amp a a i T T E E E E E u E E E E cw i iE it a il al i il al al E E E E E E E RR TSS_S_RF_ TSS_5_RF Figure 185 The configuration of a neutral zone of a 2AC system 5 8 2 1 Configuration 5 8 2 1 1 OpenTrack We will use the OpenTrack model from the AC tutorial without changes Select only the course ABCI_01 and CBAI_01 with long trains IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 188 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 7 4 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 189 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 8 2 1 2 OpenPowerNet We will use the Engine and correct Project File from the Substation tutorial in chapter 5 8 1 as the basis 3 8 2 1 2 1 Engine File
324. versus time IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 120 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 7 74 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 121 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 5 1 3 2 Short circuit To analyse an electrical network it is interesting to calculate the short circuit currents This is done in OpenPowerNet with a special engine model To evaluate the results we will use the Excel Files PowerSupply2 xlsx OpenPowerNet gt Excel Tools gt Compare Two Power Supplies and Engine xlsx OpenPowerNet gt Excel Tools gt One Engine The first file provides diagrams for two substations versus time To match the time easily with a location we want to run the course with constant speed of 180km h respective 50m s In this way it is easy to match the time with the location In OpenTrack we need to set the speed limit of all edges to 180km h for speed type A Then we create a new course with name short circuit and the itinerary from Station A to Station C via track 1 set the speed type to A and the entry speed to 180km h see Figure 117 Now we have a course with constant speed along the whole line from Station A to Station C lL Course ID short circuit 4 Description Comment Kind Itinerary v 1A B1 C 1A B2 C a LC B1 A 1 C B2 A LPL A Sta 1 Sta 23t Search Train Train long Speedtype Reihe A Route Reservation Release
325. x 2kW m auxiliary 1kW 4 5 6 7 Precovery kW Figure 42 This figures shows the utilisation of the regenerated energy when using the saver model of the engine energy storage e recovery regenerated energy utilisation energy storage recovery model E resistor E energy storage max 2kW E catenary max 4kW E auxiliary 1kW 4 5 6 7 Precovery kW Figure 43 This figures shows the utilisation of the regenerated energy when using the recovery model of the engine energy storage IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 60 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 O PT OPN 51 1 5 3 pe nPowerNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 61 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 The engine energy storage can be configured with one of five unloading models e panto_l_max energy storage utilisation panto_l_max model 80 60 40 20 E _panto A max 70 A 0 O 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 I_demand A E _storage A Figure 44 While using unload model panto_l_max the energy storage is unloaded only when the maximum allowed pantograph current is exeeded e storage_P_max energy storage utilisation storage_P_max model E P_panto kW E P_storage kW max 60 kW 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 P_engine kW Figure 45 While using unload model storage_P_max the energy storage is unloaded as soon as the recovered energy is lower as the auxilliary power If the power dema
326. xcel als Tabelle oder PivotTable Bericht Vom XML Datenimport XML Datei in Excel ffnen oder Excel zuordnen Vom Datenverbindungs Assistenten Importiert Daten f r ein nicht aufgef hrtes Format mithilfe des Datenverbindungs Assistenten und OLEDB VOR MIKIOSOTL Query DeluxeCD Excel Dateien his FoxPro Dateien Word Microsoft Access Datenbank Yisual FoxPro Datenbank Visual FoxPro Tabellen Xtreme Musterdatenbank 2005 Figure 68 Select pscresults as external data source If no such DSN is available see document Installation Instruction to create a new DSN You can find the Installation Instruction in the Help System OpenPowerNet User Guide gt PDF Documents IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 81 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OBA OPN 51 1 5 3 3penPowe rNet IJd Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 82 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Query Assistent Spalten ausw hlen x Welche Spalten sollen in die Abfrage eingeschlossen werden Verfugbare Tabellen und Spalten a substation 4 substation_has_connector system trafo a OPNversion x trafo_has_connector timeStep_s PEN Mea SOEs Datenvorschau der ausgew hlten Spalte TAE Abbrechen Figure 69 For this example select table sim add the columns shown on the right to the query and click next Query Assistent Daten filtern x Urn nur bestimmte Zei
327. y in parallel to an isolated section and the secondary busbars to the return wire I EH attributes A bosster transformer of a substation Figure 52 Booster transformer with child elements IFB DD UM_OPN_51_01 05 03 docx Page 65 of 232 DMJ 2014 11 05 OPN 51 1 5 3 lt spenPowerNet O 7 4 Lh ham Institut f r Bahntechnik GmbH Page 66 of 232 User Manual Issue 2014 11 05 Node 4 e Substation a e name TwoWindingTransformer name nomPower_MVA nomPrimaryVoltage_kV nomSecondaryVoltage_kV noLoadLosses_kW loadLosses_kW relativeShortCircuitVoltage_percent noLoadCurrent_A E OCSBB z_real Ohm z_imag_Ohm bbName 4 e Switch defaultState name fe RailsBB z_real_ Ohm z_imag_Ohm bbName Busbars E OCSBB bbName 4 e Connector z_real Ohm z_imag_Ohm 4 e Position linelD trackID km condName e RailsBB bbName 4 e Connector z_real Ohm z_imag_Ohm 4 e Position linelD trackID km condName Content TSS 136 8 6 1 43 0 001 0 001 ocsbb open NW3_TSS_T1_OCS 0 001 0 001 railsbb ocsbb 0 001 0 line track 0 cw railsbb 0 001 0 line3 track 0 R Figure 53 Substation element of example network configuration with transformer busbars and feeder with switch The tables below list some typical configuration data for power supplies
328. z real Ohm 0 000010 z_ imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 3 km 9 650 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RL track 1 3 km 9 650 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RL lineID A trackID 1 km 9 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RL lineID A trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name RR track 1 3 km 9 650 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName RR lineID A trackID 1 km 9 650 gt lt ConductorTo condName RR lineID A trackID 3 km 9 650 gt lt Connector gt The electrical connection of track 1 and 2 at km 9 750 lt Connector name MW track 1 2 km 9 750 z_ real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName MW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName MW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt Connector gt lt Connector name CW track 1 2 km 9 750 z real Ohm 0 000010 z imag Ohm 0 gt lt ConductorFrom condName CW lineID A trackID 1 km 9 750 gt lt ConductorTo condName CW lineID A trackID 2 km 9 750 gt lt

OpenPowerNet User Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents